FP de Grado Superior Prueba de Acceso Titulo de

FP de Grado Superior
Prueba de acceso
Ttulo de Bachiller
Prueba libre
Ingls
(Sevilla, 15 septiembre 2008)
Si dispohes de ihterhet, e-duforma ohlihe es el apoyo

que esperabas para ayudarte eh tu preparacih.
Cohsulta los cursos dispohibles eh:
Tienes en tus manos un texto para prepararte, fruto de la aos de
en la preparacin de oposiciones. En l vas a encontrar los contenidos que
necesitas para prepararte las pruebas de seleccin.
experiencia de ms de 25
EditoriaI MAD
EL AULA VIRTUAL EDITORIAL MAD DE

: Coh la garahta de Editorial MAD, empresa lder eh la publicacih de textos

para oposiciohes.
Garanta
Economa: Coh uh precio muy ihferior a otros sistemas de formacih presehciales.
Con eIementos que faciIitarn tu aprendizaje: Biblioteca de legislacih, Foro de
discusih, Materiales adiciohales, Glosario de trmihos, Correo electrhico propio,
Cohsulta a tutores, Gua didctica, Tablh de hoticias y Bases de datos de imgehes.
TotaI garanta de actuaIizacin miehtras ests matriculado.
Compromiso de preparacin: Coh uh sistema de evaluacih ehfocado a resultados coh
el que obtehdrs uh hdice de aciertos eh el exameh fihal ehtre uh 80 y uh 100.
Coh pruebas de evaluacih eh tiempo real.
PersonaI: Coh uh Tutor persohal que te guiar el estudio eh fuhcih de tu evolucih y
capacidades.
FIexibIe: A travs de ihterhet y sih horarios, de mahera que puedes adaptar tus horarios
de estudio segh tus hecesidades y desde tu propia casa.
Te cfrecemcs eI ccmpIementc ideaI a tu fcrmacin
www.eduformaonIine.com
El camiho hacia uha formacih coh xito
5ervicics de pcr internet EditoriaI MA0
Cursos por internet
Cursos por internet
www.mad.es
Fecuerda cohsultar huestra web:
Adems ahora te ofrecemos la posibilidad de contar con un para tu preparacin
a travs de , un sistema de para nuestros libros que est lleno de
ventajas:
apoyo extra
e-duforma onIine tutorizacin
5ervicics de pcr internet EditoriaI MA0
Te cfrecemcs eI ccmpIementc ideaI a tu fcrmacin
Servicios de suscripcin gratuita
Servicios de suscripcin gratuita
www.mad.es/suscripciohes
Informacin sobre oposiciones y sobre novedades editoriaIes en:
SoIicita GRATIS informacin deI curso que te interesa
eduformaonIine@mad.es - 902 111 163
SoIicita GRATIS informacin deI curso que te interesa
FP de Grado Superior
Prueba de acceso
Ttulo de Bachiller
Prueba libre
Ingls
SABINE BUDA
Centro de Estudios Vector
Editorial Mad, S.L.

Segunda edicin, septiembre 2008.
Derechos de edicin reservados a favor de EDITORIAL MAD, S.L.
Prohibida la reproduccin total o parcial sin permiso escrito del editor.
IMPRESO EN ESPAA.
Diseo Portada: EDITORIAL MAD, S.L.
Edita: EDITORIAL MAD, S.L.
Plg. Merka, c/B. Naves 1 y 3. 41500 ALCAL DE GUADARA (Sevilla). Telf.: 902 452 900
ISBN: 978-84-676-7068-4.
PRESENTACIN
Los libros de esta coleccin constituyen un instrumento til para la preparacin de la Prueba
de Acceso a Ciclos Formativos correspondiente a la Formacin Profesional Especfica de
Grado Superior para mayores de 19 aos (art. 41 de la Ley Orgnica 2/2006, de 3 de mayo, de
Educacin). En nuestra web http://www.accesociclosformativos.com/ ofrecemos informacin
detallada sobre la estructura de esta prueba.
Al mismo tiempo, son unos textos adecuados para superar la Prueba libre para mayores de
20 aos, para la obtencin del Ttulo de Bachiller (art. 69 de la Ley Orgnica 2/2006, de 3 de
mayo, de Educacin).
Ambas pruebas tienen como referentes generales los objetivos y contenidos del Bachillerato.
En la elaboracin de los materiales se ha tenido en cuenta un aspecto fundamental en la
condicin de la persona que se presenta a unas pruebas de estas caractersticas: el alumno libre,
es decir, aquella persona que no tiene posibilidad de asistir o recibir una orientacin personal. En
consecuencia, a partir de los planteamientos tericos imprescindibles, se proponen multitud de
ejercicios prcticos que, posteriormente, son resueltos de manera exhaustiva, de forma que se facilite el
aprendizaje de los distintos procedimientos de resolucin, consiguiendo as la preparacin adecuada
para lograr el xito en el examen.
El referente para la elaboracin de estos materiales han sido los diversos exmenes de las
pruebas de Ciclos Formativos de Grado Superior, propuestos por las Comunidades Autnomas, a
los que hemos tenido acceso, con objeto de establecer una relacin adecuada entre lo que se damanda
en las pruebas y lo que tiene que dominar el aspirante a superarlas.
CARACTERSTICAS DE ESTE LIBRO
En primer lugar, es importante tener en cuenta que para abordar la preparacin de la prueba,
debido al nivel exigido, es necesario disponer previamente de conocimientos bsicos de ingls.
Recomendamos a aquellas personas que no tengan esos conocimientos, que consulten el libro de
Ingls de la Prueba de Acceso a Ciclos Formativos de Grado Medio de esta misma coleccin.
En el libro se desarrollan 5 temas, cada uno de los cuales contiene una explicacin de los
contenidos, numerosos ejemplos y un conjunto de ejercicios, intercalados con las explicaciones, para
practicar la teora estudiada de forma inmediata. Las soluciones de estos ejercicios se recogen en el
anexo 1. Las traducciones de los ejemplos no son literales; en ellas hemos intentado transmitir la
intencin comunicativa.
Las explicaciones estn redactadas tanto en ingls como en castellano. Recomendamos desde
el inicio leer las explicaciones en ingls, pues la comprensin lectora forma parte de la prueba de
acceso.
En el anexo 2 ofrecemos numerosos textos con ejercicios de comprensin y de conocimiento
lingstico.
El anexo 3 est dedicado a la redaccin (expresin escrita). En l damos una serie de consejos
y los pasos que se deben seguir para preparar y abordar la redaccin. Tambin ofrecemos ejemplos
orientativos de redacciones.
En el anexo 4 hemos recogido exmenes reales resueltos de diversas Comunidades
Autnomas.
Finalmente, solo nos queda desear que estos materiales constituyan un instrumento valioso para
superar las pruebas y proporcionar, al mismo tiempo, una slida base para estudios posteriores.
Los autores
NDICE
Tema 1. Los verbos....................................................................................... 11
Tema 2. Las preposiciones............................................................................ 57
Tema 3. Los adjetivos y los adverbios.......................................................... 69
Tema 4. Las oraciones................................................................................... 79
Tema 5. El lxico........................................................................................... 97
Anexo 1. Soluciones a los ejercicios ............................................................ 153
Anexo 2. Textos............................................................................................. 173
Anexo 3. Redacciones................................................................................... 221
Anexo 4. Exmenes resueltos de distintas Comunidades Autnomas....... 231
Tema
Los verbos
1. El presente
2. El futuro
3. El pasado
4. La voz pasiva
5. Los verbos modales
6. Verbos seguidos de gerundio e infinitivo
7. Estilo directo e indirecto
8. Lista de verbos irregulares
1
TEMA 1: LOS VERBOS 13
INGLS
1. El presente
Tiempo Explanation Ejemplo Explicacin
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

S
i
m
p
l
e
It is used to express habitual
actions (usually with adverbs
of frequency).
She always visits me on
Sunday.
He never calls me.
Se usa para expresar acciones
habituales (muchas veces junto
con adverbios de frecuencia).
It is used to express general
truths.
The USA consists of 50
states.
Nurses look after patients
in hospital.
Most of the shops open at 8:30.
Se usa para expresar verdades
generales.
NOTE: Adverbs of
frequency come before the
main verb.
Alan sometimes has lunch
at 4:30.
Does she always sleep 9
hours?
NOTA: Los adverbios de
frecuencia se colocan delante
del verbo principal.
BUT immediately after the
verb to be.
She is never late for work. PERO detrs del verbo to be.
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
It is used to talk about
something which is
happening at the time of
speaking.
John is playing football at
this moment.
They arent working now,
they are having a French
lesson.
Se utiliza para hablar de lo
que est ocurriendo en este
preciso momento.
It is used with verbs that
express actions of very short
duration (hit, kick, knock, jump,
etc.), the present continuous
expresses repeated actions.
Somebody is knocking at
the door.
Se utiliza con verbos que
expresan acciones de muy
corta duracin (saltar...),
entonces puede expresar
acciones repetidas.
NOTE 1: The following
verbs are not normally used
in the progressive forms:
agree, be, like, hate, hear,
imagine, know, need, prefer,
promise, realize, remember, see
I agree with you. (Estoy de
acuerdo contigo.)
NOTA 1: Los siguientes
verbos no se suelen utilizar
en forma progresiva: agree,
be, like, hate, hear, imagine,
know, need, prefer, promise,
realize, remember, see.
Nevertheless, some of
these verbs can be used in
progressive forms when
they have certain meanings.
In another meaning it is
not possible to use them in
progressive forms.
see (ver)
I see the plane. (Veo el
avin.)
Sin embargo algunos de
estos verbos tienen dos
significados, dependiendo
de ello se pueden o no
utilizar en forma progresiva.
see (reunirse con)
I am seeing Peter tonight.
(Me reno con Pedro esta
noche.)
.../...
14 TEMA 1: LOS VERBOS
ACCESO A CICLOS FORMATIVOS. GRADO SUPERIOR
.../...
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
Listen, watch, look, which
express deliberate actions,
are used in present
continuous.
You are not listening to
him.
She is listening to the
News.
Verbos de percepcin que
expresan acciones deliberadas
(escuchar...), siempre se
pueden usar en el presente
continuo.
NOTE 2: Present
continuous is also used to
express immediate future.
They are getting married
in July.
The plane is leaving at
5:00 p.m
NOTA 2: Con el presente
continuo podemos
expresar acciones del
futuro inmediato.
2. El futuro
I
n
m
e
d
i
a
t
e

F
u
t
u
r
e
It is used to say what we have
already decided to do, what
we intend to do in the future.
There is a report on TV
tonight. Are you going to
watch it?
She is going to get married
soon (She intends to get
married...)
Se usa para expresar lo que
hemos decidido hacer o
tenemos intencin de hacer
en el futuro.
It is also used when we
are completely sure about
something happening in the
future because we can see a
sign of it in the present time.
Its going to rain, I can see it
in the black clouds.
That woman is going to fall
into the hole (I can see it
from here.)
Tambin se utiliza cuando
se est muy seguro de que
algo va a ocurrir porque ya se
tiene indicios en el presente.
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
It is used to say what we have
already decided and arranged
to do in the future.
They are getting married
in July (They have made
arrangements for it.)
What are you doing
tomorrow morning? Im
playing golf with Sue.
Se utiliza para expresar
acciones en el futuro que
hemos decidido ya y hemos
hecho preparativos.
.../...
INGLS
.../...
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
It is frequently used with
verbs of movement: arrive, go,
come, land, leave.
My mother is leaving for
Asia tomorrow.
Se utiliza a menudo con
verbos de movimiento como
llegar, ir, etc.
NOTE: Immediate future
or future simple are not used
to talk about something you
have arranged to do in the
future.
NOTA: No se utiliza el
futuro simple o inmediato
para acciones en el futuro
que ya estn planificadas y
preparadas.
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

S
i
m
p
l
e
:

(
w
i
t
h

a

f
u
t
u
r
e

m
e
a
n
i
n
g
)
It is used with timetables,
calendar events or when you
have absolute certainty about
the future.
Tomorrow is Sunday.
The sun rises at 8
tomorrow.
The train leaves at 4:00.
The match begins in three
hours.
Se utiliza cuando se habla
de horarios, el calendario, o
cuando se est absolutamente
seguro sobre el futuro.
F
u
t
u
r
e

S
i
m
p
l
e
It is used when we decide to
do something at the time of
speaking, spontaneous actions
that are not planned.
Oh, let the door open! Ill
close it.
What would you like to
drink? Ill have a beer.
That case looks heavy. Ill
help you with it.
Se utiliza cuando decidimos
hacer algo en el momento de
hablar, o sea cuando se trata
de acciones espontneas y no
planificadas.
It is used after I think... when
we decide to do something at
the time of speaking.
I think Ill go to bed early
tonight.
Se utiliza detrs del verbo
pensar cuando decidimos
hacer algo en el momento de
hablar.
NOTE: Future simple
is used together with
subordinate time clauses
(Present tense is used within
the time clause.)
When / Before / As soon as/
she arrives, Ill put my new
jacket on.
NOTA: El futuro simple se
usa con frases subordinadas
temporales (Se usa el
presente en la frase
subordinada.)
F
u
t
u
r
e

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
It is used to say that
something will be going on at
a certain time in the future.
This time tomorrow Ill be
skating in the club.
Se usa para decir que
algo tendr lugar en un
determinado momento en el
futuro.
It is also used to express
certain future events.
Profesor Arnold will
be giving a lecture next
Monday.
Tambin se utiliza para
decir que algo pasar con
seguridad.
3. El pasado
P
a
s
t

S
i
m
p
l
e
It is used for actions
completed in the past at a
definite time (It is usually
translated into the Spanish
as pretrito perfecto simple
and sometimes as pretrito
imperfecto.)
They uncovered the
conspiracy by chance.
Mr Winter died three years
ago.
When I lived in
Manchester I worked as a
bank clerk.
We didnt invite him, so he
didnt come.
How often did you meet
them?
Tim cooked the lunch (He
finished)
Se usa para acciones que
se han terminado en el
pasado en un momento
definitivo (Se puede traducir
al castellano por pretrito
perfecto y a veces por
pretrito imperfecto.)
P
a
s
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
It is used to say that someone
was in the middle of doing
something at a certain
moment but had or hadnt
finished.
This time last year I was
living in France.
What were you doing at 11
oclock last night?
Tim was cooking the lunch
(He was in the middle of
cooking the lunch but we
dont know if he finished
or not)
Se utiliza para expresar que
alguien estaba haciendo algo
en un momento determinado
pero no se sabe si haba
terminado.
Past continuous and
past simple are often
used together to say that
something happened in the
middle of something else.
Tim burnt his finger when
he was cooking.
It was raining when I woke
up.
I saw James in the park. He
was sitting on a bench.
A menudo se usa el pasado
simple y el continuo juntos
para destacar que una accin
interrumpi o coincidi con
otra.
To say that one thing
happened after another thing,
past simple is used.
The woman came into the
house, opened the bedroom
door and saw a strange
animal under her bed, then
she called the police.
Se utiliza el pasado simple
para decir que una cosa pas
despus que otra.
Know, love, like, hate, hear, see,
smell, taste, think (creer) are
not normally used in past
continuous.
I liked animals so I bought
a cat. (NOT: * I was
liking animals when I
bought my cat).
Verbos como saber, amar, odiar,
ver, etc., no se suelen utilizar
con el pasado continuo.
.../...
INGLS
.../...
P
a
s
t

H
a
b
i
t
u
a
l
It is used to express past
habits, something that
regularly happened in the
past but no longer happens.
I used to play squash, but
now Im too lazy.
Don used to travel a lot.
Nowadays he doesnt go
away very often.
Se utiliza para referirse a
costumbres que se tenan
en el pasado pero ya no se
tienen.
It is used for past situations
which no longer exist.
We used to live in a little
village but now we live in
Glasgow.
Can you see that hill? There
used to be a tower on it.
Se usa para hablar de
situaciones o circunstancias
que ya no existen.
Used to cant be used in present.
For the present we must use
present simple with adverbs of
frequency.
I used to smoke a pipe
(past)
I usually smoke a pipe
(present)
No se puede usar used to
con el presente, para ello
aplicamos adverbios de
frecuencia.
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t
It is used for events that
have occured at undefined
times during a period of time
connected with the present.
He has lost his purse
(Means, he hasnt got his
purse now.)
Se usa para eventos que han
ocurrido en un momento inde-
finido y tienen relacin con el
presente.
It is used for recent
happenings.
Oh! Ive cut myself!
Look! Somebody has spilt
juice on the floor.
Have you seen Sara
recently?
Se utiliza para hablar de
acontecimientos recientes.
It is normally used together
with just with this same
meaning.
Ive just seen a fox.
Hes just had a snack.
Se suele utilizar con just
con el mismo significado
(acabar de).
It is used with periods of time
not finished in the present.
Ive smoked two cigarettes
today.
Sam hasnt been ill this
spring.
I have never played chess
(in my life).
Fred has lived in Leister for
ten years (Hes still living
there.)
Se utiliza con periodos de
tiempo an no acabados.
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t

a
n
d

S
i
m
p
l
e

P
a
s
t
Past simple tells us only
about the past.
He lost his glasses (We
dont know whether he has
them now or not.)
He grew a moustache but
now he has shaved it off
(He hasnt got a moustache
now.)
Prices of petrol fell, but
now they have risen again
(They are high now.)
Utilizando el pasado simple
slo tenemos informacin
sobre el pasado.
.../...
.../...
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t

a
n
d

S
i
m
p
l
e

P
a
s
t
Past simple is used for
historical events since they
are not connected with the
present
The Chinese invented
printing (NOT: * have
invented)
Shakespeare wrote
Macbeth (NOT: *has
written)
How many symphonies
did Mozart compose?
Para hablar de hechos
histricos que no estn
relacionados con el presente,
se utiliza el pasado simple.
Past simple is used with
periods of time already
finished in the present. With
expressions like yesterday, last
year, two years ago, etc.).
Pam wasnt ill last spring.
He smoked one cigarette
yesterday.
I played volleyball when I
was on holidays.
Pete lived in Plymouth for
15 years.
Cuando nos referimos
a periodos de tiempo ya
acabados, utilizamos el pasado
simple, por ejemplo con ayer,
hace dos aos, etc.
Use past simple with
questions like when or what
time.
What time did you see
Jack? (NOT: * have you
seen)
When did the police find
the corpse?
Con los interrogativos
cundo y a qu hora se
usa el pasado simple.
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
It is used to talk about an
action (long action) which
began in the past and has
recently stopped or just
stopped.
You are out of breath. Have
you been jogging?
Why are your clothes dirty?
- Ive been working in the
garden.
Cuando hablamos de
acciones (largas) que han
acabado hace poco utilizamos
este tiempo.
Present Perfect can also be used
with this meaning but then the
important thing is the result of
the action and not the action
itself (It does not matter if the
action has been finished or not,
the important thing is the action
he has been doing.)
The motorbike is going
again. Richard has
repaired it.
Richards hands are dirty.
Hes been repairing the
motorbike.
Si utilizamos en este caso
el present perfect, el resultado
de la accin en s tiene ms
importancia que la propia
accin (Lo importante no es
si la accin est finalizada o
no.)
It is used to talk about an
action (long action) which
began in the past and has
recently stopped or just
stopped.
You are out of breath. Have
you been jogging?
Why are your clothes dirty?
- Ive been working in the
garden.
Cuando hablamos de
acciones (largas) que han
acabado hace poco utilizamos
este tiempo.
.../...
INGLS
.../...
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s
Present Perfect can also be
used with this meaning but
then the important thing is the
result of the action and not the
action itself (It does not matter
if the action has been finished
or not, the important thing is
the action he has been doing.)
The motorbike is going
again. Richard has
repaired it.
Richards hands are dirty.
Hes been repairing the
motorbike.
Si utilizamos en este caso
el present perfect, el resultado
de la accin en s tiene ms
importancia que la propia
accin (Lo importante no es
si la accin est finalizada o
no.)
We also use Present Perfect
Continuous to say How
long something has been
happening. The action or
situation began in the past and
is still happening in the present
or has just stopped.
How long has it been
snowing? (cunto tiempo
lleva...)
Its been snowing for
three hours.
Tambin usamos este tiempo
para decir cunto tiempo se
lleva realizando una accin.
Esta accin empez en el
pasado y sigue o acaba de
terminar.
P
r
e
s
e
n
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t

C
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
s

a
n
d

P
r
e
s
e
n
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t
Present Perfect can also
be used with this meaning
specially to say how much
we have done, how many
things we have done or how
many times we have done
something.
Angela has written ten e-
mails today.
How many chapters of that
book have you read so far?
He has played table- tennis
five times this week.
En este caso podemos
utilizar tambin el present
perfect, especialmente cuando
nos referimos al resultado
(Cuntas pginas has ledo?).
Some verbs are not usually
used in Present Perfect
Continuous:
know, think (creer), seem,
like, love, hate, own, have
(poseer), belong, see, smell,
hear, understand, forget, want,
suppose, etc.
Estos verbos no se suelen
utilizar en el present perfect
continuous.
P
a
s
t

P
e
r
f
e
c
t
We use this tense when we
are already talking about the
past and want to talk about an
earlier past for an instance.
When I got to the car
park I realised that I had
forgotten my keys.
Se utiliza en relatos en pasado
cuando nos queremos referir
a una accin an ms pasada.
It is also used after when or
after to show that an action is
completely finished.
When she had repainted
the bathroom and the
bedroom, she decided to
have a rest.
Tambin se utiliza este
tiempo (con cuando o despus
de) para destacar que una
accin ha finalizado por
completo.
Ejercicio 1: Ponga los verbos entre
parntesis en el tiempo (pasado) ms ade-
cuado.
1. He (spend) too much money this month.
He will have to be more careful.
2. I thought he (change) a lot when I (see)
him again.
3. It (be) difficult until now but I think it
will get easier.
4. My brother says he (finish) the book I gave
him last week.
5. She (live) in London for a long time. She
likes it there.
6. She (ring) after she (speak) to my father.
7. They (live) in Manchester for the last two
years.
8. They (want) to go to the United States for
many years before they finally went.
9. When he (arrive) at school he realised he
(leave) his bag on the train.
10. She (be) my best friend but we arent
friends any longer.
11. When they (finish) their homework they
(go) to the cinema.
12. You ever (travel) by boat?
13. You ever (put) an advertisement in a
newspaper?
14. Yesterday evening the telephone (ring)
three times while I (have) a bath.
15. When you were a child, (run) you away
from home?
16. When we were small, Mother (make) us
delicious ice-cream every Saturday.
17. Sorry Im late (Wait) you long?
18. She (play) tennis but she doesnt any
longer. She plays volleyball now.
19. She (cross) the road when the accident
happened.
20. My brother (have) a fight with his
neighbour last week.
21. I (speak) to the President several times.
22. I (not, like) grammar at school, but Im
very interested in it now.
23. I (live) here for eight years.
24. I (have) this car since 1982.
25. I (be) in this country since January, but I
still cant speak the language very well.
26. How long you (know) Mary?
27. He (stay) at home last week because he
was ill.
28. During the last three years, I (travel) about
100,000 miles.
29. After talking to her for a few minutes, I
realised that I (meet) her before.
30. He (live) in Paris for 10 years before he died
in 1950.
31. I (know) Mary for about ten years.
32. I (live) in this house ever since I was
born.
33. I (see) her five minutes ago.
34. I (study) English for six years.
35. I just (see) Mr OConners.
36. Mr Porter (arrive) yet?
37. The telephone (ring) when we got home, but
we didnt have enough time to answer it.
38. We (see) our cousins from Switzerland
last weekend.
39. When you last (hear) from her?
40. You ever (eat) Japanese food?
41. I (write) letters for the last two hours.
42. I (just remember) that I (not pay) the rent
yet.
43. I (have) this watch since my 18
th
birthday.
44. I (be) ill for three days now. I think Id
better call the doctor.
INGLS
45. He told me her name after she (leave).
46. We (be) at school together 40 years ago.
47. How long you (learn) English?
Since last summer.
Past perfect continuous
Se forma con el verbo have en pasado
(had), el participio del verbo be (been) y
el gerundio del verbo en cuestin: It had
been snowing. (Haba estado nevando.)
Example Explanation Explicacin
Yesterday morning I got up and
looked out of the window. The
sun was shining but the grass
in the garden was very wet. It
had been raining.
It was not raining when I
looked out of the window;
the sun was shining. But it
had been raining. That is
why the grass was wet.
No estaba lloviendo cuando
me asom por la ventana; hizo
sol. Pero haba estado lloviendo
por lo que el csped estaba
hmedo.
Sarah had been smoking for
thirty-five years when she
finally gave it up.
You can also use the past
perfect continous to say
how long something had
been happening before
something else happened.
Se puede utilizar este tiempo
para expresar cuanto tiempo
dur una accin en el pasado
antes de que ocurriera otra.
How long had you been
reading when I phoned you?
The past perfect continous
is the past of the present
perfect continuous: How
long have you been reading?
(until this moment)
El pasado perfecto continuo es
el pasado del present perfecto
continuo: Cunto tiempo
llevas leyendo?
a) simple past perfect
x x
earlier
past
past present
b) past perfect progressive
x x
earlier
past
past present
These diagrams represent
the simple past perfect and
the past perfect progressive
(continuous).
Estos esquemas representan
el uso del pasado perfecto
simple y el pasado perfecto
continuo.
Ejercicio 2: Ponga el verbo entre pa-
rntesis en el tiempo correcto: past perfect
continuos o past continuous
0. Fred was leaning against the wall. He was
out of breath. He had been running (run).
1. I tried to catch the cat but I couldnt. It ___
_____ (run) very fast.
2. Tom was on his hands and knees on the
floor. He ________ (look) for his purse.
3. They ____________ (walk) along the
road for about thirty minutes when a van
stopped and the driver offered them a lift.
4. When she arrived, everyone _____ (sit)
round the table with their mouths full.
They ___________ (eat).
5. When Sally arrived, everyone was sitting
around the table and talking. Their
mouths were empty and there were empty
and dirty plates in the kitchen. They
____________ (eat).
Ejercicio 3: Complete el texto con
verbos utilizando el pasado perfecto con-
tinuo; elija entre los verbos dados:
drive, lie, repair, work
James Hurton, 45, engineer at Perton Plastics
in Norfolk, had a lucky escape after an accident on
the A65 in the early hours of the morning. Mr
Hurton fell asleep while driving and crashed into
a pile of sand left by workers who _______ (1)
the road.
When he left Perton Plastics at 4.00 this
morning, Mr Hurton ____________ (2) for
68 hours without any sleep.
A passing motorist discovered the accident after
the engineer __________ (3) in his car with a
broken leg for 40 minutes. Ambulance workers
said that if Mr Hurton _______ (4) any faster
his injuries might have been much worse.
Ejercicio 4: Lea la historia, despus
conteste las preguntas.
On Monday afternoon, everyone in my family
was very busy except me. During the afternoon
Mary repaired her car; James practised his karate;
Cathy did some gardening; Sally played tennis;
Robert swam for half an hour; Pat went horse-
riding; Fred painted the ceiling in his room dark
blue. I spent the afternoon sitting reading my
favourite magazine.
0. Who had black grease on her hands at
teatime? Why?
Mary, because she had been repairing her car.
1. Who had dirt on her hands and knees?
Why?
2. Who was wearing a short white skirt?
Why?
3. Who was wearing a white jacket and
trousers and a black belt? Why?
4. Who was wearing high boots and a hard
hat? Why?
5. Whose hair had dark blue stains in it?
Why?
6. Whose hair was all wet? Why?
4. La voz pasiva
La formacin de la pasiva es equiva-
lente en ingls y espaol: TO BE (en el
tiempo correspondiente) + PAST PAR-
TICIPLE
to make = to be made
is making = is being made
made = was / were made
is going to make = is going to be made
will make = will be made
has made = has been made
Cuando tenemos que formar la pa-
siva con verbos modales colocamos des-
pus de stos el infinitivo pasivo:
Lewis can win the gold medal. =
The gold medal can be won by
Lewis.
INGLS
Somebody should clean the windows.
= The windows should be cleaned.
I cant see my bicycle. = My bicycle
must have been stolen.
Cualquier verbo activo con comple-
mento directo puede pasarse a pasiva.
Para ello el complemento directo (direct
object) de la frase en voz activa se convier-
te en el sujeto de la frase en pasiva:
Leonardo painted the Mona Lisa. =
The Mona Lisa was painted by
Leonardo.
El agente slo se menciona si es al-
guien en concreto, entonces se introduce
anteponiendo la preposicin by. En la
frase en forma activa enfocamos a Leo-
nardo mientras que en la pasiva destaca
la obra.
En ingls la voz pasiva, sin embargo,
es mucho ms comn que en espaol.
Se utiliza con preferencia sobre la voz
activa cuando se le da ms importancia
al hecho que a quin lo hace. Se puede
decir:
People play football in winter.
Pero es mucho ms comn decir:
=Football is played in winter.
Cuando no importa quin hizo la
accin se usa siempre pasiva:
=The house was built in 1980.
Es muy frecuente encontrar la pasiva
inglesa para traducir las oraciones imper-
sonales espaolas.
People say that he is a good actor. =
= Its said that he is a good actor (Se
dice que...)
= The letters were sent (Se mandaron
las cartas.)
Ejercicio 5: Convierta las siguientes
frases en pasiva, indique el agente slo si
es imprescindible.
1. One of the office clerks posted the letters.
2. People speak English all through the
world.
3. Someone broke the class window.
4. Shakespeare wrote King Lear.
5. John ended the book last week.
6. Somebody has stolen the painting.
7. At last they bought the tickets.
8. He must have eaten all the cakes.
9. People carried the books out of the
bookshop.
10. His sister has cooked the dinner.
Con algunos verbos (believe, consider,
know, say, think, expect, suppose, etc.) son
posibles dos construcciones pasivas, ade-
ms de la correspondiente activa:
They say (that) he is very rich. =
= Its said (that) hes very rich.
= Hes said to be very rich.
Si el verbo de la segunda frase (aqu:
is) est en pasado, se utiliza en la segunda
variante de la pasiva el infinitivo pasado
(perfect infinitive):
They say (that) he was rich. =
= Its said (that) he was very rich.
= He is said to have been very rich.
Ejercicio 6: Cambia las frases como
en el ejemplo:
Its said that Henry does not know how to
drive. Henry is said not to know how to drive.
1. It was reported that Air France increased
its European commercial flights last year.
2. It was believed that the Prime Ministers
policy was not totally accepted by his
cabinet.
3. It is understood that Mr Callaghan is
willing to meet Mr. Blair.
4. It is thought that some high officials have
been submitted to blackmail.
5. It is claimed that
entertainment and
fashion in Britain
have been an enormous
source of income for
Britain in the last
twelve years.
Los verbos ask, tell, order, send, give,
show, promise, teach, pay y offer admiten en
voz activa complemento directo y com-
plemento indirecto:
Somebody gave her a raincoat.
Al pasarlos a voz pasiva admiten dos
construcciones:
= A raincoat was given to me
(complemento directo [raincoat] como
sujeto)
= I was given a raincoat (complemento
indirecto [me] como sujeto)
Empezar por la persona (comple-
mento indirecto) es mucho ms comn:
= Ann wasnt offered a job.
= The men were paid 500 to do the job.
= Have you been shown the new
catalogue?
Ejercicio 7: Cambie estas frases a pa-
siva.
1. They paid the waiter with a credit card.
2. The captain ordered the soldiers to stand
up straight.
3. They taught me German when I was a
child.
4. She reads the little girl a fairy tail at
night.
5. They told him the truth.
6. They showed her some golden rings.
7. Somebody sent us a postcard from
Denver.
8. They asked him a lot of questions.
9. They took him to hospital.
10. They will send her to America.
Ejercicio 8: Cambie estas frases a
distintas formas de pasiva; en algunos
casos hay dos soluciones.
1. Mrs Garca will teach us French next
term.
We...
French...
2. It was claimed that the drug produced no
undesirable side-effects.
3. Someone gave me a parking ticket at
lunchtime.
I ...
A ...
4. The police are searching every car for
smuggled drugs.
5. They say that he knows very influential
people.
It ...
He ...
6. They showed her the easiest way to do it.
She ...
The ...
INGLS
7. Who wrote it?
8. Why didnt they mend the roof before it fell?
9. You must not hammer nails into the wall
without permission.
10. The pickpocket had stolen the wallet
without the girl being aware of it.
Have / get something done
Como veremos a continuacin, en
ingls se utiliza esta estructura cuando
no somos nosotros mismos quienes lle-
vamos una accin a cabo, sino alguien
nos lo hace: I had my hair cut (Me cort
el pelo). Evidentemente fue el peluquero
quien me cort el pelo.
Example Explanation Explicacin
James had the roof repaired
yesterday.
The roof of James house was
damaged in a thunderstorm,
so he arranged for some
workmen to repair it.
Yesterday the workmen came
and did the job.
James did not repair the roof
himself. He arranged for
someone else to do it for him.
El tejado de la casa de Jaime
se estrope en una tormenta,
llam a unos obreros para que
se lo arreglasen. Ayer vinieron
y lo arreglaron, quiere decir
que no lo hizo Jaime sino que
llam a alguien para que lo
hiciera.
Subject + ... have / get object
past
participle
adverbs,
complements,
etc.
1. James had / got the roof repaired yesterday.
2. We are having /
getting
the living
room
painted this week.
3. I want to have / get my garden arranged.
4. Why dont you have / get that suit cleaned?
Traducciones de los ejemplos de la
tabla anterior:
1. A Jaime le arreglaron el tejado
ayer.
2. Nos estn pintando el saln esta
semana.
3. Quiero arreglar el patio.
4. Por qu no lavas ese traje?
Ejercicio 9: Escriba frases utilizando
las palabras entre parntesis.
0. We are having / getting the house painted
(the house / paint) at the moment.
1. _______________________ (you /
your hair / cut) last week?
2. Your hair is very long. I think you should
______________ (it / cut).
3. How often ________________ (you /
your car / service)?
4. Is it true that many years ago he ______
______ (his portrait / paint) by a famous
artist?
5. _____________ (you / your newspaper
/ deliver) or do you go to the stationers
yourself to buy it?
Ejercicio 10: Complete la tabla si-
guiente usando la forma correcta de las
palabras dadas:
the house, wash, my photograph,
paint, cut down
get / have object
past
participle
get
I must
}
have
the car
had
I
}
got
taken
have
Shell
}
get
the tree
have
Id like to
}
get
5. Los verbos modales
Se usan antes de los infinitivos de
otros verbos y muestran el grado de se-
guridad, certeza, obligacin, etc., de las
acciones que se llevan a cabo. No llevan
s en la tercera persona del singular: She
must help me (Ella debe ayudarme).
Despus del verbo modal usamos el
infinitivo sin el to: You must go to the
doctor (Debes ir al mdico.)
La aplicacin de los verbos modales
a veces es una cuestin bastante subje-
tiva. Recomendamos que estudien la
teora en funcin de los ejercicios ex-
puestos.
INGLS
Los verbos modales (o anmalos)
1. CAN
Se usa para (expresar)
...
Example Ejemplo
capacidad poder I can come. Puedo venir.
capacidad saber He can play chess. Sabe jugar al ajedrez.
pedir permiso Can I stay? Puedo quedarme?
dar permiso You can watch TV. Puedes ver la tele.
ofrecimiento Can I get you a cup of coffee? Puedo traerte un caf?
peticin corts Can you help me, please? Puedes ayudarme, por favor?
posibilidad Can it be true? Puede ser verdad?
2. CANT
...
Example Ejemplo
imposibilidad That cant be true. Eso no puede ser verdad.
prohibicin You cant park here. Vd. no puede aparcar aqu.
deduccin She cant be as old as that. No puede ser tan mayor.
3. COULD
...
Example Ejemplo
capacidadpoder (se consi-
dera como pasado de can)
Could you lift that box? Podas levantar esa caja?
Se usa could sobre todo con los verbos see, hear, smell, taste, feel, remember y understand.
capacidadsaber (se con-
sidera como pasado de
can)
She could speak French. Saba hablar francs
pedir permiso
Could I go to the theatre with
Tom?
Podra ir al teatro con Pedro?
posibilidad (ms remota
que la expresada con may
o might)
They could come by train. Podran venir en tren.
peticin corts
Could you lend me a pen,
please?
Me podra prestar un lpiz?
sugerencia
What shall we do?
We could go to the cinema.
Qu hacemos?
Podramos ir al cine.
4. COULD HAVE
...
Example Ejemplo
una accin posible que no
se realiz
We could have gone to the
circus but we stayed at home.
Podramos haber ido al circo
pero nos quedamos en casa.
.../...
.../...
5. TO BE ABLE TO
...
Example Ejemplo
capacidad
They havent been able to
win.
No han podido ganar.
6. MAY
...
Example Ejemplo
pedir permiso May I come in? Puedo entrar?
posibilidad (con referen-
cia al futuro)
It may be hot tomorrow. Puede que haga calor maana.
peticin corts
May I have a glass of water,
please?
Me puede dar un vaso de
agua, por favor?
dar permiso You may invite ten people. Puede invitar a diez personas.
7. MIGHT
...
Example Ejemplo
permiso Might I make a suggestion? Puedo hacer una sugerencia?
posibilidad (en el futuro) It might snow, too. Puede que nieve tambin.
peticin corts Might I have another cake? Me puedo coger otro pastel?
8. MAY / MIGHT HAVE
...
Example Ejemplo
que algo fue posible en el
pasado
I cant find my purse. I may
have left it in the shop.
No encuentro mi monedero.
Puede que me lo haya dejado en
la tienda.
9. MUST NOT
...
Example Ejemplo
prohibicin (es necesario
que no se haga algo)
You mustnt disobey your
mother.
No debes desobedecer a tu
madre.
10. MUST
...
Example Ejemplo
deduccin She must be about 40. Debe tener unos 40 aos.
deber (enfocando ms un
sentimiento que un he-
cho, compare con have to)
You must respect your
teachers.
Debes respetar a tus profesores.
orden You must be silent. Debis estar callados.
.../...
INGLS
.../...
necesidad (slo para el
presente y el futuro)
You must come tomorrow. Debes venir maana.
certidumbre
You travel a lot. You must be
tired.
Viajas mucho. Debes estar can-
sado.
11. WILL
...
Example Ejemplo
pticin corts
Will you please open the
door?
Quiere abrir la puerta, por fa-
vor?
deduccin That will be the doctor. Ese ser el mdico.
orden You will sit here. Usted se sentar aqu.
invitacin Will you have another drink? Quieres otra copa?
hbito She will be the last to get up. Es la ltima en levantarse.
12. WOULD
...
Example Ejemplo
deduccin He would be about 45. Tendra unos 45 aos.
invitacin
Would you like another
sandwich?
Te gustara otro bocadillo?
hbito She would go to bed late. Se acostaba tarde.
13. SHOULD
...
Example Ejemplo
deduccin They should be there by now. Ya deban estar all.
opinin
I dont think you should work
so much.
No creo que deberas trabajar
tanto.
deber (consejo, menos
fuerte que must)
You should be more punctual. Deberas ser ms puntual.
14. SHOULDNT
...
Example Ejemplo
opinin, consejo
Ted is very tired. He shouldnt
drive.
Ted est muy cansado. No de-
bera conducir.
15. OUGHT TO
...
Example Ejemplo
deber
You ought to eat less
chocolate.
Deberas tomar menos choco-
late.
probabilidad
Tomorrow I ought to be
home at the usual time.
Maana debera estar en casa a
la hora habitual.
.../...
.../...
16. SHALL
...
Example Ejemplo
orden You shall bring your bike. Debers traer tu bici.
sugerencia Shall I tell him? Se lo digo?
17. HAVE TO
...
Example Ejemplo
necesidad (se refiere a he-
chos)
You have to park on the other
side.
Tiene que aparcar en el otro
lado.
18. DONT HAVE TO
...
Example Ejemplo
ausencia de necesidad You dont have to tell her. No hace falta que se lo digas.
19. NEEDNT
...
Example Ejemplo
ausencia de necesidad You neednt come on Sunday.
No hace falta que vengas el do-
mingo.
20. USED TO
...
Example Ejemplo
hbito en el pasado She used to play the violin. Sola tocar el violn.
21. DARE
...
Example Ejemplo
atrevimiento I dare not tell her. No me atrevo decrselo.
Ejercicio 11: Rellene los espacios en
blanco con could, can o may segn conven-
ga:
1. __________ you please tell me the way to
Trafalgar Square?
2. She __________ type very well, but she
cant do shorthand.
3. It __________ have been worse.
4. I wonder if you __________ help me with
the washing up.
5. __________ I borrow your vacuum-
cleaner?
6. Dont wait for me, I __________ be late
for dinner.
Ejercicio 12: Complete los huecos
con neednt o mustnt, segn convenga.
1. Candidates __________ bring books to
the examination room.
2. We __________ drive fast; we have plenty
of time.
INGLS
3. Do you want us to wait for you? No,
its O.K. You __________ wait.
4. Sam gave me a letter to post. I ________
__ forget to post it.
5. We have enough food. We __________
go to the supermarket today.
6. Weve got a lot of time. We __________
hurry.
7. You __________ ring the bell. I have got a
key.
8. You __________ drink this: it is poison.
Ejercicio 13: Complete el siguien-
te texto con must, mustnt o neednt, segn
convenga.
Christina isnt very well today. Shes
in bed. Shes been sick, and shes quite
hot. The doctor has come to see her.
Doctor: Well, Im going to prescribe you
some medicine. You ____________ (1) take
it four times a day before meals. And go on
taking it even if you feel better. You ______
____ (2) stop taking it until youve finished
the bottle. You _________ (3) drink all of
it. Now, you ____________ (4) stay in bed
today. Its the best place for you at the moment.
You can get up tomorrow if you want to. You
____________ (5) stay in bed all the time
when you begin to feel better. But you ____
____ (6) go outside this week. Its too cold
and wet. And you really _________ (7) do
any work at all. You need absolute rest. You
_____________ (8) just relax for a few
days. You can read a little if you like, but you
____________ (9) if you dont feel like it.
But dont forget to go on drinking. You ____
___________ (10) drink as much water or
juice as you can. Youll probably be all right
again next week, so you ___________ (11)
call me again unless you feel worse. But Im
sure the worst is over.
Ejercicio 14: Elija el verbo modal
ms adecuado para completar los hue-
cos.
1. You __________ get up early tomorrow.
Its a bank holiday.
a) cant
b) mustnt
c) neednt
@
2. I think you __________ work so much.
a) mustnt
b) shouldnt
c) may
3. __________ you speak Russian? I need
someone to translate this for me.
a) May
b) Might
c) Can
4. You __________ smoke in the library.
a) neednt
b) mustnt
c) should
5. We ______________ go to your party
tomorrow.
a) cant
b) ought
c) will be able
6. The children _____________ be
sleeping now. There are no lights on in
their bedrooms.
a) cant
b) must
c) can
7. Excuse me, __________ you tell me the
way to Piccadilly Circus, please?
a) may
b) must
c) could
8. Take your raincoat. It __________ rain
later.
a) must
b) cant
c) may
^
Ejercicio 15: Una las frases de la columna de la izquierda (1-6) con las de la dere-
cha (A-F).
1 Isnt that Herbert? A Shall I give you a hand?
2 Will Charles be there? B I can speak Arabic.
3 That looks very heavy. C He could have met you.
4 Dont worry about the language. D Im not sure, he might.
5 If hed stayed a little bit longer. E It may rain.
6 Why dont you take your raincoat? F No, it cant be. Hes in China.
Should have, could have and others
Se trata del pasado de los verbos modales que se usa en las siguientes situaciones:
Explanation Example Explicacin
We can use should have,
etc. + past participle to talk
about unreal situations
that are the opposite of
what actually happened.
You should have been
here two hours ago
(But you were not).
Se puede utilizar should
have + participio
pasado para hablar de
situaciones irreales que
son el contrario de lo que
realmente ocurri.
We can also use this
structure for criticising
for not doing what we
expected them to have
done.
You could have helped
me! (Why didnt you
help me?).
Tambin se utiliza para
criticar a alguien por no
haber hecho algo.
This kind of structures can
also be used to talk about
things that are not certain
to have happened, or that
we suppose have happened.
In this case it is common to
use may have.
I may have left my
keys here this morning
have you seen them?
Este tipo de estructuras
tambin se puede utilizar
para referirse a acciones de
las cuales no sabemos si
han tenido lugar.
INGLS
Ejercicio 16: Complete las frases
siguientes con should have / could have /
might have / would have y el verbo que se
indica. Puede que haya ms de una solu-
cin aceptable.
0. He should have paid me last week. (pay)
1. You ____________ somebody, driving
like that. (kill)
2. I ________ you, but I didnt have your
number. (phone)
3. If my parents had not been so poor, I ___
____ to university. (go)
4. Its his fault she left him; he ________
nice to her. (be)
5. I _________ more garlic in the soup.
(put)
6. If you needed money, you ________ me.
(ask)
7. Its a good thing they got her to hospital in
time. She _________. (die)
8. When he said that to me I _________
him. (hit)
9. You __________ me you were bringing
your friends to dinner! (tell)
10. You _______ my jeans after you borrowed
them. (wash)
con may have / should have / must have /
cant have... y el participio del verbo dado
(los participios de los verbos irregulares
se encuentran en el apartado siete del
presente tema.). Puede que haya ms de
una solucin correcta.
1. They are not at home. They ________
away for the weekend. (go)
2. I _________ a new job. Ill know for
certain tomorrow. (find)
3. He _______ all his money. I gave him 15
only yesterday! (spend)
4. The garden is all wet. It _________ in
the night. (rain)
5. Who phoned? She didnt give her
name. It _______ Linda. (be)
Ejercicio 18: Corrija los errores.
1. I dont can play the piano.
2. He would like to can travel more.
3. She should to work harder.
4. Could you telling me the time?
5. I must work last weekend.
Ejercicio 19: Repaso de los verbos
modales. Elija la forma ms conveniente.
1. He _______ very quietly I didnt hear
him go (had to leave / must have left).
2. When I was young, we __________ two
years in the army (must do/ had to do)
3. Shes not answering the phone. She __
_________ have got home yet (cant /
neednt).
4. I dont know why hes not here. He ____
_______ have got the message (may not /
cant)
5. I promise I _________ smoking (stop /
will stop)
6. At what age __________ you get a
driving licence? (can / may)
7. When I was younger I __________
dance quite well (could / can)
8. It took a long time, but I _________ repair
the motorcycle (could / managed to)
9. One day, everybody ________ say what
they want to (can / will be able to)
10. I _________ see you at ten tomorrow
(had to / will be able to)
11. In this country, boys ________ do military
service (must not / dont have to)
12. You ________ pass a special exam to be a
driving instructor (must / have to)
13. I think you ________ try to do more
sports (should / must)
14. You absolutely ________ go and see Peter
(should / must)
15. You _______ enter without a ticket no
chance! (may not / cant)
16. There _________ be enough room for
everyone on the underground well have
to wait and see (may not / cant)
17. We ________ decide to go skiing again at
Easter (can / may)
18. That ________ be her son theyre
nearly the same age (cant / mustnt)
19. I _________ ask you to help me later
(may / might)
20. We _______ win, but I dont think
theres much chance (may / might)
6. Verbos seguidos de
gerundio e infinitivo
A continuacin presentamos una
lista de verbos que llevan gerundio y/o
infinitivo. Tambin queda reflejado si
un verbo puede estar seguido de una
oracin. La lista se interpretar de este
modo:
accuse of cheating
After the game Peter was accused
of cheating.
admit to know that one knows
His sister admittedto know who
broke the window.
His sister admitsthat she knows
who broke the window.
VERB INFINITIVE GERUND CLAUSE
accuse of cheating
admit to know that one knows
advise (me) to rest
agree to share about sharing (that) we would share
aim to write at achieving
allow to go
apologise for forgetting
appear to like
approve of smoking
arrange to meet that we should meet
.../...
INGLS
.../...
ask to see if (whether) I can see
assist in compiling
attempt to compose
avoid hurting
be (you are to obey)
be able to understand
beg to be forgiven
begin to search searching
believe in (that) he lives
beware of losing
blame for spoiling
bother to learn about learning
cause to postpone
cease to struggle struggling
claim to own (that) he owns
command to advance that they should advance
complain about losing that he has lost
confess to stealing (that) he has stolen
confirm writing that he had written
consist of preparing
contemplate changing
continue to row rowing
contribute to building
cope with looking after
cure of taking drugs
dare to jump
decide to buy on buying (that) he will buy
delay starting
demand to see that he should see
deny breaking (that) he broke
describe how to make making
determine to travel that he would travel
detest cleaning
direct to proceed
discourage from smoking
.../...
.../...
dislike to drive driving
dissuade from reading
dread losing
dream of living that he would live
educate to appreciate
encourage to drink drinking
enjoy dancing
entitle to inherit
escape drowning
evade paying
excuse (my) interrupting
expect to succeed (that) he will succeed
fail to realise
fancy winning (that) he will be promoted
fear to trust (that) he must be ill
feel (something)
tremble
(something)
trembling
(that) something will
happen
feel like resting
finish eating
forbid to go
force to leave
forget to pay paying (that) one must pay
go on to say speaking
guarantee to deliver (that) we shall deliver
had better wait
happen to remark
hate to admit writing
hear scream screaming (that) something has
happened
cannot help smiling
hesitate to criticise
hope to see
imagine living (that) he is a director
incur spending
inquire about going whether he should go
.../...
INGLS
.../...
insist on seeing (that) I should see
instruct to attend
intend to move
invite to stay
joke about making a
fortune
keep (on) talking
know how to drive (that) the world is round
learn (how) to drive (that) he must obey
leave to prepare preparing
leave off working
let come
like to sing singing
should like to come
long to return
look forward to celebrating
love to dance dancing
make (someone) pay
manage to carry
may borrow
mean to finish
mind helping
miss seeing
must improve
need to reorganise reorganising
notice walk walking (that) he is walking
observe enter entering that someone is entering
offer to help
oppose supporting
order to advance
ought to study
pay to watch for watching
permit to attend
plan to build
prefer to ride riding to
.../...
.../...
prepare to set out
presume to approach (that) we may come
pretend to understand that he understands
prevent his/him from
entering
proceed to report
profit from investing
prohibit from entering
promise to reform (that) he will reform
propose to construct constructing (that) a road should be
constructed
protest against fighting
punish for trespassing
read how to use (that) something has
happened
recall/
recollect
meeting (that) something has
happened
recommend to buy buying (that) you should buy
refuse to conform
regret to report having reported (that) we must report
rely on discovering
remain standing
remember to take taking (that) I must take
remind to bring (that) we should bring
report seeing (that) sales have increased
reply (that) he disagrees
request to leave (that) he should leave
resist spending
resolve to achieve (that) he will achieve
risk damaging
see change changing (that) it has changed
seem to enjoy
show how to make making (that) something can be
done
sit thinking
smell (something) cooking
.../...
INGLS
.../...
spend time arguing
stand watching
start to rain raining
stay to help
stop to listen listening
study to pass
succeed in inventing
suspect of cheating (that) he has cheated
swear to repeat (that) he is innocent
teach (how) to type
tell to fetch
tempt to spend
tend to exaggerate
think of changing (that) he will change
train to imitate
trouble to move
try to capture using
understand how to solve (that) I am to write
undertake to return
urge to reconsider
wait to see
want to fly
warn about/against driving
watch jump jumping
wish to inspect (that) I could do it
wonder (how) to make how I could / should make
would rather remain
Ejercicio 20: Complete los hue-
cos con un verbo en gerundio o en in-
finitivo, segn convenga. Tenga en
cuenta que el para el pasado se for-
ma el gerundio con having + partici-
pio pasado, por ejemplo: having spoken.
1. Would you mind ______
____ the window?
2. Dont give up yet, keep

____________!
3. I want __________ what happened.
4. Peter admitted ___________ ________
__ the crime.
5. Tom refused __________ me any
money.
6. Jill has decided not __________ a car.
7. I always enjoy _______ in the
discotheque.
8. The thief got into the house because I forgot
___________ the window.
9. I dislike ___________ up early.
10. Do you also detest ___________ 12
hours a day?
11. Mary cant help ____________ animals,
although they mean a lot of work.
12. There was a lot of traffic but we managed
______________ to the airport on time.
13. I miss ________________ television in
the afternoon.
14. They couldnt resist _______________
the house - it was lovely!
15. Ive arranged _________ tennis tomorrow
afternoon.
16. I fancy ________ steak for dinner.
17. The thief denied __________________
___ __________ the jewels, too.
18. One day Id like to learn __________ an
aeroplane.
19. We have tried many times, but we cant
stop ____________.
20. My mother tries to avoid __________
me many times.
21. I shouted to him. He pretended not ____
__ ______ me but Im sure he did.
22. I cant stand ______________ at home
on sunny days.
23. Can you imagine ____________ out
every night?
24. When you have finished ___________
you can go home.
25. Why hasnt Sue arrived yet? She promised
not __________ late.
Ejercicio 21: Complete la conversa-
cin usando los verbos entre parntesis
en infinitivo o gerundio.
Steve has just met an old friend of
his called Tom. Theyre having a cup of
coffee together. Tom has some bad news.
Steve: Are you still working for Magnired,
Tom?
Tom: No, Im not. Im afraid I lost my job
there. And Pattys lost her job, too.
Were living rather a difficult time at the
moment.
Steve: Oh, dear. Im sorry to hear that.
Tom: Ive been out of work for seven months
now. I expected ________ (find) (1)
a new job fairly quickly, but it isnt so
easy, Ive learnt.
Steve: Jobs are hard to find these days.
Tom: With Patty not working weve very
little money left. After I lost my
job I managed ______________
(convince) (2) my bank manager to
lend us some money, but he wont let
us __________ (have) (3) any more
now. And there are lots of bills ______
____ (be/pay) (4) I really dont know
what ___________ (do) (5).
Steve: Do you think you might get a job if
you moved somewhere else?
INGLS
Tom: Well, perhaps. Weve thought about
it of course. Weve even wondered
whether ___________ (go) (6)
abroad. We could always try a fresh
start in a different country. Patty
wants me ____________ (look)
(7) for a job in America. And Ive
been to Australia House, although
Im still waiting for them _______
(answer) (8).
Steve: Do you like the idea of going abroad?
Tom: I dont know really. I think on the
whole Id rather _______ (stay) (9)
here if I had a job. But the situation
has made us __________ (think)
(10) carefully about our future. We
decided we ought to find out what
opportunities there are. Ive agreed
________ (think) (11) about all the
possibilities.
Steve: Well, I hope you find something
soon.
Tom: I simply must get a job soon, or I dont
know what we shall do.
Steve: Well, let me _______ (know) (12)
what happens, wont you? Look,
heres my new address and phone
number. Give me a ring some time.
Tom: OK, Steve. Id better _________
__ (go) (13) now. Ive got a bus to
catch.
Steve: I hope _______________ (see)
(14) you again soon.
Tom: Bye, Steve.
Ejercicio 22: Com-
plete el artculo, Wendy
will stay, poniendo los
verbos entre parntesis en
gerundio o infinitivo.
@
= Milford Council has decided _________
__ (let) (1) 85-year-old Ms Wendy Battle
go on _________ (live) (2) at her home at
39 Croft Street. The Council had wanted
____________ (knock) (3) down all the
old houses in the street because they were
going to build a new car park there. The
future of this plan is now uncertain.
= The story began five years ago when the
people of Croft Street agreed ______
________ (move) (4) to new homes.
Unfortunately the Council forgot ____
_____ (ask) (5) Ms Battle. When they
finally remembered her, everyone else had
already moved. But the Council failed
__________ (make) (6) Wendy to do
the same. My grandson has just finished
____________ (paint) (7) the sitting-
room for me, she said at the time. I cant
imagine ________ (move) (8) now.
= The Council offered _________ (pay) (9)
Ms Battle 500 and promised ________
(give) (10) her a new house, but she still
refused ______ (move) (11). I cant help
__________ (like) (12) it here, she told
our reporter. I miss _________ (meet) (13)
the neighbours of course. I enjoyed ________
(talk) (14) to them. Croft Street has been
almost empty for the last three years. There
seemed _______ (be) (15) no way anyone
could move Wendy from number 39.
= Now comes the Councils new decision. Ms
Battle is very pleased. I kept _________
(tell) (16) them I wouldnt move, she said
today. I dont mind ___________ (live)
(17) on my own any more. And I expect
_____________ (live) (18) till Im a
hundred. I hope ________ (stay) (19)
here a long time yet.
= We have also known this week that the
Council cannot now afford to construct the
car park. One or two of the people who
used to live in Croft Street have suggested
to modernise the old houses so that they can
move back into them. They dislike _____
_____ (live) (20) in the new houses they
moved into five years ago.
Verbos que cambian de significado
Aparte de todos los verbos que he-
mos considerado ya, existe una serie de
verbos que cambian de significado si lle-
van gerundio o infinitivo + to. Estos ver-
bos son: forget, go on, regret, remember, stop,
try. A continuacin nos centraremos en
estos cambios de significado.
a) forget
1. I forgot to buy the detergent.
Olvid comprar el detergente;
pero debera haberlo hecho.
2. Ill never forget visiting the
Queen.
Nunca olvidar haber visitado a
la Reina; la accin tuvo lugar y
me acuerdo de ella.
b) go on
1. She went on to talk about the
situation in the States.
Sigui y habl de la situacin en
Estados Unidos; cambio de tema
(o actividad).
2. She went on talking about her
son for hours.
Segua hablando de su hijo du-
rante horas; no hay cambio de
tema (o de actividad).
c) regret
1. I regret to tell you that you lost
your job.
Lamento decirle que ha perdido
su trabajo; todava no se ha con-
sumido la accin.
2. I regret leaving school at 16.
Lamento haber dejado el colegio
a los 16 aos; la accin se ha con-
sumido y lo lamentamos.
d) remember
1. Please remember to lock all the
doors before you go to bed.
Por favor, no te olvides de cerrar
todas las puertas con llave antes de
acostarte; no debemos olvidar ha-
cer algo.
2. I still remember passing my
driving test.
Todava recuerdo cuando aprob
el examen del carn de conducir;
recordamos haber hecho algo.
e) stop
1. He stopped to buy something for
dinner.
Se par para comprar algo para
cenar; se interrumpe una accin
por otra.
2. Ive stopped smoking.
He dejado de fumar; ya no se rea-
liza una accin.
f) try
1. He tried to do it alone but he
couldnt.
Intent hacerlo solo pero no
pudo; ha hecho un esfuerzo.
2. Why dont you try using a smaller
screwdriver?
Por qu no lo intentas con un
destornillador ms pequeo?; se
pretende experimentar algo.
INGLS
con la forma correcta del verbo que hay
entre parntesis.
1. Remember __________ the central
heating before you go to bed. (turn off)
2. We stopped ____________ and took a
rest for a moment. (cycle)
3. I remember _____________ this book
last winter. It was boring. (read)
4. It was easy to get into my fathers office
because he had forgotten ___________
the door. (lock)
5. Do you regret __________ divorced
when you were only 25? (get)
6. I tried __________ my bike but I
couldnt. (repair)
7. We discussed the financial situation and then
went on _________ about sales. (talk)
8. If nothing else works, why dont you try
__________ the instructions? (read)
9. Well have to stop _________ petrol.
(get)
10. She stopped _____________ when she
was fifty. (work)
Ejercicio 24: Elija la forma correcta
de completar la frase.
1. Is there any need (to tell / of telling)
Sam?
2. I hate the idea (to leave / of leaving)
them.
3. They have no hope (to arrive / of arriving)
on time.
4. I have difficulty (to read / in reading) fast.
5. Has he told you about his decision (to go /
of going) away?
Infinitivo o gerundio detrs de sustantivos
Some nouns can be followed
by infinitives, but others can
be followed by prepositions
and verb+ing.
You were a fool to agree. Algunos sustantivos van
seguidos de infinitivos, otros
de preposicin y verbo en
gerundio.
He has a terrible fear of being
alone.
Expresar hbitos en pasado: used to, get used to, be used to, usually
used to + infinitive
emphasizes the habitual or
repeated nature of actions and
states completed in the past.
Sam used to play tennis. Utilizando used to +
infinitivose subraya el hecho
que la accin ha tenido lugar
repetidas veces.
usually has the same
meaning as nearly always,
and is used in the present, the
future and the past.
Sam usually played tennis. Usually significa lo mismo
que casi siempre y se puede
utilizar para referirse al
presente, futuro y pasado.
.../...
to be used to + ... ing
has the meaning of to be
accostumed to.
Sam is used to playing tennis.
Be used to + gerundio
significa estar acostumbrado
a.
to get used to + ... ing has
the meaning of to become
accostumed to.
Sam should get used to playing
tennis.
Get used to + gerundio
significa acostumbrarse a.
Ejercicio 25: Una las frases 1 a 4 con las definiciones a-d.
1 He got used to driving to work. a
Over a period of time he adjusted, until his
dislike of driving to work disappeared.
2 He usually drove to work. b
On most occasions he drove to work, but
he sometimes went by train.
3 He used to drive to work. c
It was his custom to drive to work, but he
doesnt drive to work now.
4 He was used to driving to work. d
He didnt mind driving to work. It didnt
worry him at all.
Ejercicio 26: Ponga el verbo en la
forma correcta (gerundio o infinitivo).
0. James had get used to driving on the left.
(drive)
1. Beth used to ______ very fit. Now, shes
in terrible condition. (be)
2. When I was a child, I used to _________
swimming every day. (go)
3. There used to _________ a theatre on this
corner but it was knocked down. (be)
4. It took me a long time to get used to ____
____ glasses. (wear)
5. Im the boss. Im not used to ________ told
what to do. (be)
7. Estilo directo
e indirecto
En este apartado trabajaremos so-
bre todo el estilo indirecto ya que el
estilo directo es la fiel representacin
de lo que una persona dice, y no nos
encontramos con ningn cambio de
tiempo o de adverbios como en el es-
tilo indirecto.
.../...

INGLS
We use direct speech when we repeat the
original speakers exact words.
Utilizamos el estilo directo cuando que-
remos repetir las palabras originales del
interlocutor.
He said: Im tired.
We use reported speech when we express
the same but not necessarily with the
same words.
Utilizamos el estilo indirecto cuando
expresamos lo mismo pero no necesaria-
mente con las mismas palabras.
He said (that) he was tired.
To study reported speech we have to
consider:
Para estudiar el estilo indirecto tenemos
que considerar tres tipos de frases:
1. statements 1. frases afirmativas o negativas
2. commands 2. rdenes
3. questions 3. preguntas
1. Statements 1. Frases afirmativas o negativas
I said: Its noisy outside. I said (that) it was noisy outside.
From this example we can see the
differences between direct and indirect
speech. In direct speech we use colon and
inverted commas, but in indirect speech
they disappear. In indirect speech we can
introduce the words the speaker said with
that, but it is optional, it can be omitted.
The verb changes from present to past. Lets
see some other changes in other examples:
En este ejemplo podemos considerar las
diferencias entre los dos estilos. Slo en
el directo usamos doble punto y comillas.
En el estilo indirecto podemos utilizar
that para introducir lo que se dijo. El
verbo cambia de presente a pasado. En
los siguientes ejemplos consideraremos
otros cambios.
She told me: I went to see my brother yesterday. He had bought a new car. He will
drive to Barcelona next week.
She told me (that) she had gone to see her brother the day before. He had bought a new car. He
would drive to Barcelona the following week.
.../...
.../...
Say and tell can be used as introductory
verbs but say is used with to + personal
object, or without it. Tell is used with
personal object.
Podemos utilizar say o tell como verbo in-
troductorio pero say se usa con o sin to
y el complemento indirecto (persona).
Con tell es obligatorio usar el comple-
mento indirecto.
Ejercicio 27: Convierta estas frases
en estilo indirecto. Consulte antes la lista
de cambios en el estilo indirecto.
0. Ernest said: My family is coming
tomorrow morning.
Ernest said (that) his family was coming
the following morning.
1. They said to me: You cant talk in this
area.
2. Judith said to us: I saw your parents
yesterday.
3. We said to him: We wont be back until
tonight.
4. Phil said to her: Ive met lots of people
since last week.
5. Paul said to Sarah: I work near
here.
2. Commands 2. rdenes
I told him: Open your book! I asked him to open his book
Commands are reported with a verb (tell,
ask, order, etc.) + the indirect object (this
is the person who receives the order or
command) + infinitive with to. When
its a negative command the pattern
doesnt change, but we introduce not
just before the infinitive:
Las rdenes se convierten en estilo indi-
recto con un verbo (tell, etc.) + el com-
plemento indirecto (persona a la que se
dirige la orden) + infinitivo con to. Si se
trata de una orden negativa, introducimos
not delante del infinitivo.
She told me: Dont come late. She told me not to come late.
Ejercicio 28: Trabajamos ahora con
rdenes, hay que pasarlas a estilo indi-
recto. Consulte antes la lista de cambios
en el estilo indirecto.
0. Jeremy said to his brother: Go to your
room and close the door.
Jeremy told his brother to go to his room
and close the door.
1. We said to Jane: Dont tell anyone until
next week.
2. Kate said to us: Wait for me, please.
3. They said to her: Be careful and dont be
late.
4. George said to his son: Eat up your
lunch.
5. The policeman said to her: Keep off the
grass.
INGLS
3. Questions 3. Preguntas
I asked her: Do you smoke? I asked her if she smoked.
I asked her: How old are you? I asked her how old she was.
In questions the verb changes to the
affirmative form and the question mark
disappears. In information questions, the
question word (what, how, why, when, etc.)
is repeated in the indirect question. In yes /
no questions, we use if or whether.
En las preguntas indirectas el verbo recu-
pera su forma afirmativa y el signo de in-
terrogacin desaparece. En preguntas que
empiezan por un interrogativo, se repite
ste. Las preguntas indirectas del tipo s/
no se introducen con la partcula s.
Ejercicio 29: En este ejercicio hay
que cambiar preguntas.
0. Maggie asked Penny: What did you buy
at the chemists yesterday?
Maggie asked Penny what she had bought
at the chemists the day before.
1. They asked us: Do you usually spend
your holidays abroad?
2. He asked me: How old are you?
3. We asked Mary: Are you going out
tonight?
4. Fred asked the policeman: What time do
the shops close today?
5. Angela asked her father. Can I watch TV
this afternoon?
Changes in indirecto speech Cambios en el estilo indirecto
ESTILO DIRECTO ESTILO INDIRECTO
Verb tenses Tiempos verbales
Present simple past simple
Present continuous past continuous
Present prefect past perfect
Past simple past perfect
Modal verbs Verbos modales
can could
will would
must/have to had to
may might
Pronouns and possessives Pronombres y posesivos
I/my he-she/his-her
.../...
.../...
Changes in indirecto speech Cambios en el estilo indirecto
we/our they/their
you/your I-my
you/your we/our
Time and place references Expresiones de tiempo y lugar
this/these that/those
here there (that place)
today that day
yesterday the day before
tomorrow the next day/the following day
tonight that night
tomorrow evening the next / following evening
yesterday afternoon the previous afternoon/the afternoon before
next week/month/year the following week/month/year
last week/month/year the following week/...-the week/... before
a week/month/year ago a week/month/year before
Ejercicio 30: Convierte estas expre-
siones en estilo indirecto.
0.1.Susana to Pat: Dont be late!
Susana told Pat not to be late.
0.2.James to Helen: I like your blouse.
James told Helen (that) he liked her
blouse.
1. Elizabeth to Carmen: Dont forget to
come on Thursday.
2. James to Maggy: These flowerpots are
beautiful.
3. Betty to Janet: I bought this bag
yesterday.
4. Mother to her son: Dont touch the
socket!
5. Father to son: Its not safe.
6. Father to daughter: Put your boots on!
7. Fred to Eliza: Hurry up!
8. Fred to Eliza: Were
going to be late again.
9. Henry to Jack: Dont
worry!
10. Charles to Joan: Im
nearly ready.
Ejercicio 31: Volvemos a practicar
con preguntas.
1. When will my motorbike be repaired?,
he asked the mechanic.
INGLS
2. What are you listening to?, he asked her.
3. Was the bus late?, she asked him.
4. Is he American or Australian?, they
wanted to know.
5. Can you lend me ten euros?, I asked
her.
6. Where shall we meet tomorrow?, she
asked them.
7. May I use your mobile phone?, she asked
him.
8. Do you like Spanish food?, she asked us.
Ejercicio 32: Corrija los errores en
las siguientes frases.
0. They asked me how old was I.
...I was
1. Mary said me that she was very happy.
______________________________
2. Tom asked Kate that if she had posted the
letter.
______________________________
3. We told her that she stayed with us.
______________________________
4. The policeman asked me to park not the
car there.
_____________________________
5. She wanted to know where did I work.
______________________________
Ejercicio 33: Vuelva a escribir estas
frases utilizando el estilo indirecto y los
verbos dados.
0. Ill bring some sandwiches to the party.
He promised that he would bring some
sandwiches to the party.
1. Yes, I stole the purse.
She admitted ____________________
2. Be careful! The water is boiling.
They warned us _________________
3. You must apologise to your brother.
My father insisted that ____________
_______________________
4. Lets go to the theatre tonight, shall we?
She suggested ___________________
5. All right! Well share the expenses with
you.
My friends agreed _________________
______________________
Ejercicio 34: Convierta estas frases
en estilo directo.
0. They asked me when I had last seen him.
I answered that I hadnt seen him for two
months.
When did you last see him?, they asked
me.
I havent seen him for two months., I
answered.
1. The policeman told me to go anywhere else.
I replied that I hadnt seen the prohibition
sign.
2. I asked him if Steven still lived abroad.
He said that he did not know.
3. I asked the driver politely to let me off there
and he said that he could not leave the door
open the whole night; then, controlling my
anger, I asked him to let me off at the next
stop.
4. She asked them where they would go for their
holidays that summer. He answered that they
could not afford a holiday that year.
5. The police asked me where I had found the
handbag. I told them I had found it in the
car park.
Verbos para introducir frases en estilo indirecto
Verbs that lead to action from
the listener
(Verbos que se usan cuando
se espera una accin por parte
del oyente)
Verbs that lead to action
(or non-action) from the speaker
(Verbos que se usan cuando se
espera una (o ninguna) accin
por parte del hablante)
to ask someone to do
something
(pedirle a alguien que haga algo)
to agree (not) to do something
(estar de acuerdo en (no) hacer algo)
advise agree
ask promise
command refuse
tell threaten
Ejercicio 35: Vuelva a escribir las
frases dadas utilizando las palabras arriba
indicadas.
0. Sit down! she said. She ordered us to sit
down.
1. Would you please help me with my
homework? said the student to his
teacher.
2. Fine. Well start training next Friday,
said the instructor.
3. Children, if you dont behave well, Ill
keep you behind after school, said the
headmaster.
4. Practise that movement every day while
you are warming up, said the trainer.
5. Im not going out with that customer,
said the sales manager.
Los verbos say (decir), suggest
(sugerir) y explain (explicar) tambin se
pueden utilizar, en algunas estructuras,
para introducir frases en estilo indirecto.
Ejercicio 36: Decida cules de los
verbos de la tabla que viene a continuacin
pueden ir en las frases 1 a 7 y complete la
tabla con los nmeros correspondientes.
Fjese en el ejemplo:
advised 1,5,
said
explained
asked
promised
told
agreed
ordered
suggested
commanded
refused
threatened
INGLS
1. He ________ me to do it.
2. He ____________ why they did it.
3. He ____________ doing it
immediately.
4. He _________ to do it.
5. He ___________ me.
6. He __________ it to me.
7. He _________me why they did it.
8. Lista de verbos irregulares
Los verbos irregulares son muy abundantes. Es conveniente estudiar las formas de
memoria. Los ms importantes son:
Infinitivo Pasado Participio Significado
arise arose arisen surgir, levantarse
be was, were been ser, estar
bear bore born soportar, dar a luz
beat beat beaten golpear, vencer
become became become llegar a ser
begin began begun empezar
bend bent bent doblar
bet bet bet apostar
bite bit bitten morder
bleed bled bled sangrar
blend blent blent mezclar
bless blest blest bendecir
blow blew blown soplar
break broke broken romper
bring brought brought traer
broadcast broadcast broadcast radiar
build built built construir
burn burnt burnt quemar
burst burst burst explotar, reventar
buy bought bought comprar
catch caught caught coger
.../...
.../...
choose chose chosen escoger, elegir
come came come venir
cost cost cost costar
creep crept crept arrastrarse
cut cut cut cortar
deal dealt dealt traficar, tratar
dig dug dug cavar
do did done hacer
draw drew drawn dibujar
dream dreamt dreamt soar
drink drank drunk beber
drive drove driven conducir
eat ate eaten comer
fall fell fallen caer
feed fed fed dar de comer
feel felt felt sentir
fight fought fought luchar
find found found encontrar
fly flew flown volar
forbid forbade forbidden prohibir
forecast forecast forecast pronosticar
foresee foresaw foreseen prever
foretell foretold foretold predecir
forget forgot forgotten olvidar
forgive forgave forgiven perdonar
freeze froze frozen congelar
get got got recibir, conseguir
give gave given dar
go went gone ir
grow grew grown crecer
hang hung hung colgar
have had had tener, tomar
.../...
INGLS
.../...
hear heard heard or
hide hid hidden esconder
hit hit hit pegar, golpear
hold held held agarrarse, detener
hurt hurt hurt herir
keep kept kept guardar, mantener
kneel knelt knelt arrodillarse
knit knit knit hacer puntos
know knew known saber
lay laid laid poner
lead led led guiar
lean leant leant apoyarse
leap leapt leapt saltar
learn learnt learnt aprender
leave left left dejar, marchar
lend lent lent prestar
let let let dejar
lie lay lain tumbarse
light lit lit encender
lose lost lost perder
make made made hacer
mean meant meant significar
meet met met encontrarse
melt melted melted/molten derretir(se)
mislead misled misled despistar
mistake mistook mistaken equivocar
misunderstand misunderstood misunderstood entender mal
overcome overcame overcome vencer
overhear overheard overheard alcanzar a or
oversee oversaw overseen inspeccionar
overtake overtook overtaken alcanzar
overthrow overthrew overthrown derrocar
.../...
.../...
pay paid paid pagar
put put put poner
read read read leer
ride rode ridden cabalgar, montar
ring rang rung llamar, sonar
rise rose risen levantarse
run ran run correr
saw sawed sawn aserrar
say said said decir
see saw seen ver
sell sold sold vender
send sent sent mandar, enviar
set set set colocar
sew sewed sewed / sewn coser
shake shook shaken sacudir
shine shone shone brillar
shoot shot shot disparar
show showed shown mostrar, ensear
shrink shrank shrunk encoger
shut shut shut cerrar
sing sang sung cantar
sink sank sunk hundir
sit sat sat sentar
sleep slept slept dormir
slide slid slid / slidden resbalar
smell smelt smelt oler
speak spoke spoken hablar
speed sped sped apresurar
spell spelt spelt deletrear
spend spent spent gastar, pasar
spill spilt spilt derramar
spit spat spat escupir
.../...
INGLS
.../...
split split split partir, dividir
spoil spoilt spoilt estropear
spread spread spread extender
spring sprang sprung saltar
stand stood stood estar de pie
steal stole stolen robar
stick stuck stuck pegar, hincar
sting stung stung picar
strike struck struck/stricken golpear
swear swore sworn jurar
sweat sweat sweat sudar
sweep swept swept barrer
swell swelled swollen hincharse
swim swam swum nadar
swing swung swung mecerse
take took taken coger
teach taught taught ensear
tear tore torn romper, rasgar
tell told told contar
think thought thought pensar
throw threw thrown tirar
understand understood understood entender
undertake undertook undertaken emprender
upset upset upset trastornar
wake woke waken despertar
wear wore worn llevar puesto
weep wept wept llorar
wet wet wet mojar
win won won ganar
wind wound wound enrollar, dar cuerda
write wrote written escribir
Tema
Las preposiciones
1. Preposiciones de tiempo
2. Preposiciones de lugar
3. Preposiciones de movimiento y direccin
2
TEMA 2: LAS PREPOSICIONES 59
INGLS
1. Preposiciones
de tiempo
Preposicin Cundo se usa Ejemplo
at
Se usa para expresar horas (a),
momentos del da (b), la edad
(c), periodos festivos (d) y
momento (e).
a) He will come at ten oclock.
b) I saw him at midday.
c) He got married at 25.
d) Well meet them again at Easter.
e) Are you busy at the moment?
on
Se usa para expresar das (a) y
fechas (b).
a) I dont go to school on Sunday.
b) My holiday starts on March 15
th
.
in
Se usa para expresar partes del
da (a), estaciones (b), aos (c),
dcadas (d), siglos (e), eras (f),
etc.
a) I have tea in the morning.
b) In summer they go swimming.
c) In 1999 we had a big party.
d) In the 1960s there were a lot of
hippies.
e) In the last century were many
political changes.
f) In the Middle Age people had little
education.
from ... to
Se usa para expresar la idea de
desde ... hasta.
They lived in the States from 1986 to
1997.
until
Se usa con las expresiones
que determinan el final de un
periodo.
I am tired this morning because I
read a book until four oclock in the
morning.
since
Se usa con un momento
concreto en el pasado.
John has been in hospital since last
Wednesday.
for
Se usa con un periodo de
tiempo.
John has been in hospital for three
days.
during Se usa junto a un sustantivo. I fell asleep during the film.
while
Se usa junto con una expresin
verbal.
I fell asleep while I was watching the
film.
before
Se usa para referirse a una
accin anterior, va seguido de
gerundio.
I always have a cup of tea before
going to work.
after
Se usa para referirse a una ac-
cin posterior, va seguido de
gerundio.
After reading the newspaper, she left
the house.
60 TEMA 2: LAS PREPOSICIONES
Ejercicio 37: Complete con la pre-
posicin correcta.
1. Theyll come from London __________
__ Friday evening.
2. Well see them __________ Christmas.
3. Did you go out __________ Tuesday?
4. I heard a noise in the kitchen _________
_ midnight.
5. I usually get up _________ about half
past seven.
6. Gary isnt here __________ the
moment.
7. I like to look at the stars _________
night.
8. My birthday is __________ March 5
th
.
9. Its usually very hot __________
August.
10. I often go away __________ the
weekend.
11. __________ winter, its usually cold.
12. My birthday is __________ June.
13. I always feel tired _________ the
evening.
14. Doris and I first met __________
1979.
15. We havent seen her ________ two
weeks.
16. The Rolling Stones were a famous group
__________ the 70s.
17. We have been here _________ last
Friday.
18. Which cultural stream dominated ______
_ the 15
th
century?
19. Tom left school __________ sixteen.
20. Many famous English writers turned up
__________ Victorian Age.
21. Sally studied law __________ 1995
_____ 1999.
22. Wait here __________ I come back.
23. George stayed with us __________ three
days.
24. We have lived in Italy ___________
1998.
25. We didnt speak ________ we were
eating.
26. __________ eating the apple, I washed it
carefully.
27. __________ doing the shopping, they
went home because it was already 9 p.m.
28. The students looked very bored ________
_ the lesson.
29. Everybody was nervous ____________
the exam.
30. Next week Im going to France _______
__ five days.
INGLS
2. Preposiciones de lugar
Tabla I
at
Para referirse a un punto en una
superficie.
Ill meet her at the bus stop.
Para referirse a sitios de actividad so-
cial sin considerarlos como edificios.
They watched the film at Sams
(house).
Para indicar el nmero de la calle. I live at 20, May Avenue.
at / on Para hablar de una esquina.
I live at / on the corner of this
street.
on
Para referirse a sitios horizontales. The picture is hanging on the wall.
Para referirse a sitios verticales. Your notebook is on the floor.
Para referirse a lugares vistos como un
plano.
Seville is on the river
Guadalquivir.
Para referirse a islas. My sister lives on the Isle of Man.
Para referirse a una costa.
Portsmouth is on the south coast of
England.
on
LOCUCIONES DIVERSAS
on a bus on the ground floor
on the way to ... on the left
on the top on the ceiling
in
Para referirse a espacios tridimensio-
nales.
Your suit is in the wardrobe.
Para referirse a interiores de objetos. I keep my money in the pocket.
Para referirse a habitaciones.
We usually have dinner in the
kitchen.
Para referirse a interiores de edificios. He is in the post office.
Para referirse a espacios con rboles. We saw a big bird in the forest.
Para referirse a una calle.
Its dangerous for children to play
in the street.
Para referirse a ciudades.
Id like to spend my holidays in
Athens.
Para referirse a puntos geogrficos.
Glasgow is in the north of Great
Britain.
Para referirse a pases.
There is a lot of snow in
Switzerland.
Para referirse a un rincn. The lamp is in the corner.
con las preposiciones in, at y on.
1. Theyre __________ France.
2. The knives are __________ the drawer.
3. The car is driving __________ the street.
4. He is staying __________ home.
5. He is lying __________ bed.
6. Household goods are ______________
the second floor.
7. The cathedral can be seen __________ the
right.
8. The children dont learn a lot _________
_ school.
9. Oh, there is a spider ______________
the ceiling!
10. The small TV is __________ the
childrens bedroom.
11. The boys are playing _____________
the garden.
12. We live ______________ a large city
and seldom see green fields.
13. Our house is __________ the corner of
the street.
14. Jack cant be in Paris, I saw him ______
__ the bank ten minutes ago.
15. We learned to paint while we were _____
_ the East.
16. Id like to spend my next holiday ______
__ the Isle of Guernsey.
17. Mary has never been ______________
the Coast of the Light.
18. Have you had a busy day __________
the office?
19. His horse was kept ____________ a
large stable.
20. It is very dark __________ the old
church.
21. You must turn left ___________ the
traffic lights.
22. Charles lives ____________ 14,
Applefield Road.
23. Do you remember the big picture _______
the wall ______________ the library?
24. Small children like playing __________
__ the floor.
25. London is __________ the river
Thames.
Tabla II
inside Se usa para enfatizar la posicin
interior.
He doesnt have a ticket, but he is
inside the stadium!
outside Se usa para enfatizar la posicin
exterior.
Dont play outside, its too cold!
above Se usa para indicar que algo est
encima aunque no directamente.
The plane was flying above the clouds.
(We dont know the exact distance.)
over Para indicar que algo est justo
encima.
The plane is flying over the city. (We
can see it and hear it.)
.../...
INGLS
Ejercicio 39: Utilice las preposicio-
nes de lugar de la tabla II para describir los
siguientes dibujos.
1. The glasses are
________ the bag.
2. The car is _______
the house.
3. The man is _____

__ the bike and the
car.

4. The sofa is _____
_____ the lamp.
(two words)

5. The woman is ___
____ the stadium.
6. There is a child __
_____ the crowd.
7. The bird is _____
____ the tree.
8. The plane is
___________ the
church.
9. The cat is sitting

_______the traffic
lights.
.../...
below Para indicar que algo est ms
abajo.
When they were on the top of the
mountain, they could see tiny villages
below.
under Para indicar que algo est justo
debajo.
The waste-paper-bin is under the
desk.
between Para indicar que algo est entre
dos cosas.
The chair is between the sofa and the
door.
among Para indicar que algo est entre
varias cosas.
I found a sock among his toys.
next to Para indicar que algo est al
lado.
The bookshop is next to the
supermarket.
in front of Para indicar que algo est de-
lante.
I left my bike in front of the post
office.
opposite Para indicar que algo est en-
frente de.
The butchers is opposite the bakers.
(On the other side of the street.)
behind Para indicar que algo est detrs
de otro objeto.
The dog is behind the tree. You cant
see it.
near Para expresar la idea de cerca. I live near the park. Can you see the
trees?
10. The teacher is
_____ _____ ___
__ the blackboard.
(three words)
11. One angry man is
_________ the
other angry man.
12. The woman is
__________ the
dog.
13. The book is _____
_____ the table.
3. Preposiciones
de movimiento
y direccin
Las principales preposiciones de
movimiento y direccin son: to, from,
into, out, on(to), off, up, down, over, under,
through, (a) round, along, across, past.
a) to
Carol is going to
Germany next
month (Carol se va a
Alemania el mes que
viene)
b) from
Sam is walking
from the station to
his house (Sam va
andando desde la
estacin a su casa)
c) into
He is driving the car
into the car park
(Est metiendo el
coche dentro del
parking)
d) out
He is driving out
of the car park (Est
sacando el coche del
parking)
e) on (to)
Dont put your shoes
on(to) the sofa (No
pongas tus zapatos en
el [encima del] sof)
f) off
A book fell off the
shelf (Un libro se
cay de la estantaera)
g) up
In summer we
climbed up that
mountain (En verano
subimos la montaa)
h) down
The children went
down the hill on
their bikes (Los nios
bajaron la colina en
sus bicis)
i) over
The cat jumped over
the wall (El gato salt
por encima del muro)
j) under
Peter and Susan
walked under the
bridge (Pedro y
Susana pasaron por
debajo del puente)
k) through
I walked through
the park (Pas por [a
travs del] el parque)
l) (a) round
We walked (a)round
the village for two
hours (Paseamos dos
horas por [alrededor
del] el pueblo)
m) along
The taxi drove along
the street (El taxi se
desplazaba a lo largo
de la calle)
INGLS
n) across
The woman walked
across the street (La
mujer cruz la calle)
o) past
The family walked
past the cinema (La
familia pasaba por
[delante del] el cine)
Ejercicio 40: Utilice preposiciones
para completar las siguientes frases.
1. Where are you __________?
2. Mickeys got a book __________ picture A.
3. The boy __________ the comic is
eleven.
4. We have got a double period of Maths
__________ Friday.
5. Stick it __________ your book.
6. My house is __________ Carnforth and
Warton.
7. I looked _____________ the window
and watched the children in the park.
8. How far is it _____________ your house
__________ the station?
9. You can put your cardigan __________
the back of the chair.
10. The moon travels __________ the
Earth.
11. Were going _____________ Oxford
next weekend.
12. I always go shopping __________
Saturdays.
13. __________ the morning my husband
has a cup of coffee.
14. He gets __________ at seven oclock.
15. When do you go __________ London?
16. They arrive _______________ the hotel
__________ nine oclock.
17. They go _________________ the beach
__________ summer.
18. Its very cold __________ here.
19. It was exactly twelve oclock; the thieves
had arranged to meet ________
midnight, and here came the last one, not
a moment late.
20. I am waiting here because Mr Jones
promised to see me ______ half an hour.
21. The family will never be all together again
____________ Christmas.
22. I have been studying for this examination
__________ last Easter.
23. I hope to have completed the novel
_______________ two months, said
the author.
24. The war in Europe broke out ________
___ 1939.
25. Production has risen ________ the
arrival of the new director.
C
nes del cuadro para sustituir los nme-
ros.
at // for // from // into // oustide // out //
outside // up
Peter is standing (1) the cinema. Hes
waiting (2) Lisa, his girlfriend, and hes looking
(3) his watch because shes late. An old mans
coming (4) of the cinema. A young mans going
(5) the cinema. A boys running (6) the steps. A
womans buying a ticket (7) the cashier. Some
people are queuing (8) the cinema.
behind // between // in // in fornt of // into
// with
Now Peters (9) the cinema (10) Lisa.
Hes sitting (11) Lisa and a man with a
moustache. A ladys sitting (12) him. Shes
wearing a large hat. Peter cant see the film.
A mans sitting (13) Peter. Hes smoking a
pipe, although it is forbidden. Lisas unhappy
because the smoke is going (14) her eyes.
across // from // in // round
This is a scene (15) the film. (16) this scene,
a beautiful young girls lying (17) the lines. Shes
shouting Help! because the trains coming (18)
the bend now.
Ejercicio 42: Complete el texto con
las preposiciones que considere oportu-
nas.
This is an English wedding. Theyre standing
(1) the steps (2) the church. The bride is wearing
a long white dress and is holding some blue
flowers (3) her left hand. The grooms wearing
a traditional morning suit and is holding a top
hat (4) his right hand. (5) a few minutes, theyre
going to get (6) a Rolls Royce and drive (7) a
big hotel for the reception. (8) the reception theyre
going to cut the cake and drink champagne. Then
theyre going to open all their presents. Later
theyre going to fly (9) Bermuda. Theyre going to
spend their honeymoon (10) a villa (11) the sea.
con la ayuda del crucigrama de la pgina
siguiente.
1. The cat ran ______ the tree when she
heard the dog.
2. He was lucky he didnt break his neck
when he fell so heavily _______ the stairs.
3. Another tile has just fallen ______ the
roof.
4. It took us more than two days to get ____
__ the dessert.
5. The man jumped ______ the stream.
6. They will pass _____ Oxford Street and
finish in Hyde Park.
7. I didnt think Id get the car ______ that
narrow entrance.
8. We flew _____ Switzerland on our way
to Italy.
9. Ive driven _____ this roundabout three
times and I still dont know which road I
want.
10. He put the open book _____ the table and
fell asleep.
11. The plane is now circling _____ New
York.
12. Theres a brilliant green parrot _____ his
shoulder.
13. Wait for me right _____ the end of that
narrow street.
14. I get very nervous whenever I stand _____
an audience.
15. I hope they dont build a block of flats ___
__ our house. Itd spoil the view.
16. The train leaves Brighton _____ 8.30
p.m.
17. We usually have four days holiday _____
Easter.
18. Very few shops are open _________ the
evening.
19. The new teacher will start _____ Monday,
15 September.
20. The weather was fantastic _____ our
holiday.
INGLS
21. In 1997 India had been independent ___
__ 50 years.
22. India has been independent _____ 1947.
23. Dont stand _____ the fire, youll burn
yourself.
24. Please take a seat _____ the two men in
the corner.
25. She comes _____ Indonesia.
7[
8 [
17
[
24
[
10
[
11
=
12
=
6 [
15
=
9
=
16
=
21
[
22
[
25
[
3
=
2 [ 1 [
18
=
5 [
20
=
19
=
13
[
23
=
14
=
4 =
Ejercicio 44: Sustituya en este texto
los nmeros por preposiciones para cons-
truir un contenido significativo. El dibu-
jo que aparece a continuacin le ayudar.
This is Happy Village; it is (1) the south
(2) Neverending Land. There is a big park (3)
the north-west. (4) the park you can see some
trees and (5) the trees there is a monument. If
you go (6) Main Road, you will see the Police
Station (7) your left. (8) the Police Station
there is a big zoo. (9) the zoo you can find birds,
fish and other animals. (10) to the zoo there is
a hotel. If you go (11) of the hotel, you come
(12) Tibbys Square. (13) Tibbys Square
there is a man looking (14) the signs. Going
(15) Tibbys Square you can see a river and
(16) the river there is a hospital. (17) the end of
the river there is a lake with a boat (18) it. The
lake is (19) the mountains. It is very cold there
and some children made a snowman. (20) the
south of the village there are many buildings:
(21) the left there are six houses, (22) to the
houses there is a church. (23) the church there
is a restaurant, it is called At Snookys and
serves delicious soups. (24) the restaurant there
is the university; (25) the university and the
gym there is a library. If you want to leave the
village you can take the Highway which is
(26) the south-east.
POLICE
HOSPITAL
AT SNOOKY`S
LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY
GYM
w
CINEMA
\
,
~
MAIN ROAD
TIBBY`S
SQUARE
<
@@@
@@@
Tema
Los adjetivos
y los adverbios
1. Posicin, orden y formacin
1.1. La posicin del adjetivo
1.2. El orden de los adjetivos
1.3. La formacin de los adjetivos
1.4. La posicin del adverbio
1.5. El orden de los adverbios
1.6. La formacin del adverbio
2. El comparativo y el superlativo del adjetivo
3. El comparativo y el superlativo del adverbio
4. Otros aspectos de adjetivos y adverbios
3
TEMA 3: LOS ADJETIVOS Y LOS ADVERBIOS 71
INGLS
1. Posicin, orden
y formacin
En este apartado hablaremos primero
del adjetivo, considerando los tres aspec-
tos (posicin, orden y formacin) y des-
pus pasaremos a tratar el adverbio.
1.1. La posicin del adjetivo
Como ya sabemos, el adjetivo en
ingls suele preceder al sustantivo: Peter
has a green car. Cuando se usa el adjetivo
como predicado va detrs del verbo to
be: Peters car is green. Tambin se utilizan
adjetivos (y no adverbios) sobre todo de-
trs de los verbos get y become: Im getting
angry. Lo mismo es vlido para los verbos
de sentimiento y sentido: feel, smell, taste,
sound, seem y look: You look tired.
1.2. El orden de los adjetivos
Si utilizamos ms de un adjetivo para
describir algo, debemos distinguir entre
adjetivos de descripcin (por ejemplo,
redondo) y adjetivos de opinin (por
ejemplo, bonito). Los adjetivos de opi-
nin suelen preceder a los de descrip-
cin: It was a nice sunny day. Habr oca-
siones en las que queremos utilizar ms
de un adjetivo de descripcin. Entonces
debemos seguir un orden establecido:
opinin tamao edad color procedencia material propsito Sustantivo
lovely big old brown Italian leather riding boots
Ejercicio 45: Ponga los
adjetivos en el orden corres-
pondiente y anteponga el
artculo (a, an o some).
1. clever-looking / young / blond / a an
some boy
2. big / Spanish / brown / nice / leather / a
a some hat
3. leather / expensive / brown / a an some
jacket
4. German / antique / green / expensive / a
an some beer-mug
5. black and blue / woollen / Irish / wonder-
ful / a an some trousers
6. metal / grey / bombproof / Chinese / a an
some door
7. small / china / white / fine / a an some
cup
8. vanilla / creamy / large / a an some ice
cream
9. happy / copious / Italian / a an some
meal
10. wooden / beautiful / round / a an some
plates
1.3. La formacin
de los adjetivos
Hay adjetivos que no estn formados
a partir de otra palabra, por ejemplo red.
Pero muchos adjetivos se forman a partir
de un sustantivo, un verbo, un adverbio
u otro adjetivo. Adems de stos debemos
considerar las distintas posibilidades de for-
macin de adjetivos compuestos.
a) Adjetivos que se han formado a partir
de un sustantivo:
72 TEMA 3: LOS ADJETIVOS Y LOS ADVERBIOS
Adjetivo Traduccin
Palabra
de
origen
hopeful esperanzador
hope
hopeless desesperanzador
childish infantil
child childlike aniado
childless sin nios
wooden de madera wood
worthy digno worth
helpful de ayuda
help helping de ayuda
helpless sin remedio
b) Adjetivos que se han formado a partir
de otro adjetivo:
Adjetivo Traduccin
Palabra
de
origen
reddish rojizo red
bluish azulino blue
palish paliducho pale
comical cmico comic
c) Adjetivos que se han formado a partir
de un verbo:
Adjetivo Traduccin
Palabra
de
origen
tiresome pesado tire
talkative hablador talk
translatable traducible translate
sleepless sin dormir sleep
d) Adjetivos que se han formado a partir
de un adverbio:
Adjetivo Traduccin
Palabra
de
origen
outer exterior out
inner interor in
downcast deprimido down
e) Adjetivos compuestos (ejemplos):
Nombre +Adjetivo Significado
snow white
blanco como
la nieve
Nombre +
Participio
pasado
Significado
sun burnt
bronceado
por el sol
Adjetivo +Gerundio Significado
good looking de buen ver
Adjetivo +Adjetivo Significado
blue green verde-azul
* {
Ejercicio 46: Forme adjetivos de las
palabras 1 a 20, utilizando uno de los su-
fijos que proporcionamos.
-able -al -ful -ible -ing -ish -ive -ous -y
1. luck 11. fun
2. interest 12. music
3. horror g 13. profit
INGLS
4. danger 14. success
5. colour 15. rain ^
6. amuse 16. product
7. accept 17. peace
8. child 18. green
9. effect 19. attract
10. fame 20. accident
1.4. La posicin del adverbio
La posicin del adverbio depende de
la clase de adverbio de la que se trata. Aqu
nos centraremos en adverbios de lugar,
de tiempo, de frecuencia y de modo. En
ingls hay ciertas reglas en cuanto a la co-
locacin de los adverbios, slo podemos
colocar algunos, como por ejemplo now,
de forma ms libre, o sea al principio, en
el medio o al final de la frase.
Los adverbios de lugar y de tiempo
suelen colocarse al final de la frase, los
adverbios de frecuencia se suelen colocar
delante del verbo principal (pero detrs
del verbo to be) y los adverbios de modo
suelen ir detrs del verbo cuya accin es-
pecifican.
1.5. El orden de los adverbios
Si en una frase queremos utilizar dis-
tintos tipos de adverbios, suelen seguir
este orden:
modo + lugar + tiempo
e.g.: They danced happily in the discoteque last
weekend.
happily modo
in the discoteque lugar
last weekend de tiempo
Cuando coinciden dos expresiones
adverbiales de la misma clase, la unidad
ms pequea va delante de la otra:
e.g. They arrived at six oclock
on Tuesday.
1.6. La formacin del adverbio
Slo existen reglas de formacin para
los adverbios de modo. Normalmente
se aade ly al adjetivo en cuestin para
transformarlo en adverbio:
e.g. loud loudly
Suele haber un cambio de ortografa
cuando el adjetivo termina en y, enton-
ces sta se convierte en i antes de aa-
dir la terminacin ly.
e.g. happy happily
Los adjetivos ms importantes que for-
man el adverbio de forma irregular son:
good well
fast fast
hard hard
late late
Ejercicio 47: Forme adverbios de
los siguientes adjetivos.
1. interesting 6. fortunate
2. lucky 7. quick
3. good 8. fast
4. bad 9. slow
5. serious 10. easy
Ejercicio 48: Agrupe los siguientes
adverbios en una tabla como la que viene
a continuacin.
yesterday, in Switzerland, there, normally,
last month, then, hard, in front of the cinema,
carelessly, at midday, always, badly, on Friday,
at the shopping centre, this afternoon, hungrily,
rarely, to the mountains, later that night,
quickly, at Easter, in the centre, never.
modo
(manner)
lugar
(place)
tiempo
(time)
frecuencia
(frequency)
yesterday
Ejercicio 49: Coloque los adverbios
en el lugar correspondiente de cada frase.
1. We go out. (never) (on Sunday evening)
2. She is talking about business. (always) (at
lunch-time)
3. Have you broken your ankle? (ever)
4. We come back. (from university) (always)
(at eight oclock)
5. John plays the violin. (in the cellar)
(sometimes)
2. El comparativo
y el superlativo
del adjetivo
En este apartado destacaremos al-
gunas peculiaridades y errores comunes
que se dan en la formacin del compara-
tivo y del superlativo.
1. Para destacar an ms un compa-
rativo (tanto de adjetivos como de
adverbios) podemos utilizar las si-
guientes expresiones:
a bit a little much a lot far (= a lot)
e.g. Lets go by bus. Its much more
comfortable.
2. Sabemos que el comparativo de old es
older, pero solemos utilizar la forma
elder con los miembros de la familia y
delante de un sustantivo. Compare:
a) Your book is older than mine.
b) My elder sister is a nurse.
c) My sister is older than me.
3. Existe la posibilidad de usar dos
comparativos juntos sobre todo para
expresar que algo est cambiando
continuamente.
e.g. Your Spanish is improving. Its
getting better and better.
4. Conviene hacer referencia a la estruc-
tura the + comparativo + the better.
e.g. When do you need the papers?
The sooner the better. (Mien-
tras antes mejor)
5. Para decir que una cosa depende de
otra, podemos utilizar the y the con
dos comparativos.
e.g. The more you have, the more you
want.
6. Errores comunes:
a) London is bigger that Seville.
La conjuncin que introduce el
comparativo de superioridad es
siempre than: London is bigger than
Sevilla.
INGLS
b) Its the oldest cathedral of the world.
Si utilizamos un superlativo con
un nombre de un lugar debemos
emplear la preposicin in: Its the
oldest cathedral in the world.
c) He is the more good-looking ...
El artculo definido slo se utiliza
junto con el superlativo.
con el comparativo o superlativo (segn
convenga) del adjetivo que va entre pa-
rntesis.
1. It was the _______________ (beau-
tiful) pair of shoes Ive ever had.
2. This toothache is _______________
(bad) than the one I had last month.
3. This is one of the ______________
(fast) motorbikes Ive ever driven.
4. Who has the ______________
(big) fortune in Great Britain?
5. Reading a good novel is a much
________ _____ (relaxing) way to
pass the time than watching a film.
6. In her opinion, who is the ________
(good) actress in the world?
7. The Nile is ________________
(long) than the Ebro in Spain.
8. The Twin Towers were _________
_______ (high) buildings in New
York.
9. Freddy is ___________________
_______ (intelligent) student in the
class.
10. Italian is ___________________
(easy) to learn than French.
Ejercicio 51: Elija la opcin correcta
(a, b o c) para completar cada frase.
1. The English drink the ______________
coffee.
a) more
b) few
c) most
2. The sooner you finish, the __________.
a) good
b) better
c) best
3. Today its a _______________ warmer
than it was yesterday.
a) much
b) more
c) little
4. I prefer this sofa. Its ____________
more compfortable than the other one.
a) much
b) little
c) the
5. My toothache is more painful _________
it was yesterday.
a) that
b) as
c) than

3. El comparativo
y el superlativo
del adverbio
El comparativo y el superlativo de los
adverbios se forma igual que el de los ad-
jetivos, o sea se aade er y est a los ad-
verbios cortos:
e.g. Sarah drives faster than her sister.
y se antepone more y the most a los de-
ms adverbios:
e.g. Peter should study more regularly.
Tambin se utiliza more con often:
e.g. I used to play the violin more often.
Pero se utiliza earlier en vez de more
early:
e.g. You should go to bed earlier.
Ejercicio 52: Cambie las frases da-
das usando un adverbio.
0. Gerry is a more careful driver than
Jimmy.
Gerry drives more carefully than Jimmy.
1. My father is a better cook than your
mother.
2. Im worse at writing compositions than
my sister.
3. Marta is a faster reader than her mother.
4. Kate is a more beautiful dancer than
Clive.
5. Johnny is a more wonderful singer than
Jimmy.
4. Otros aspectos de adjetivos y adverbios
You can use double
comparatives to say that
things are changing.
Its getting colder and colder. Se puede utilizar la repeticin
del comparativo para indicar
cambio.
Ejercicio 53: Escriba frases con el
comparativo doble (get + er y ...er o more
y more) como en el ejemplo.
0. My sons biology homework / difficult to
understand.
My sons biology homework is getting
more and more difficult to understand.
1. My fathers driving / dangerous as the
years go by.
2. I heard Sarah practising the guitar
yesterday - / good.
3. It seem as if police officers / young.
4. My temper / bad.
5. hard / to find time for everything you want
to do.
INGLS
Ejercicio 54: Siguiendo la estructura
arriba explicada, completa las frases 1 a 5
escogiendo entre las expresiones dadas.
more /
angrier
more / more
more /
less
older /
darker
warmer
/more
1. __________ it got, ________ time we
spent on the beach.
2. __________ clothes he buys, ________
clothes he wants to buy.
3. __________ I get to know you, ______
I understand you.
4. _________ money she lost, ______ it
made her.
5. __________ I get, _________ my hair
gets.
We use the ... the with
comparatives to say that things
change or vary together.
The older I get, the happier I am. Se utiliza the the con los
comparativos para indicar que
dos cosas estn cambiando a
la vez.
Los adverbios enough (suficiente) y too (demasiado)
1. Enough means sufficient or
as much or many as necessary.
2. Enough goes after adjectives
and adverbs but before nouns.
It isnt hot enough to go for a swim.
1. Enough significa suficiente
o tantos/as como necesario.
2. Enough se coloca detrs de
adjetivos y adverbios y delante
de sustantivos.
We have enough time.
1. Too means more than
enough or more than is
needed or wanted.
2. Too comes before adjectives
and adverbs.
Youre driving too fast.
1. Too significa ms que
suficiente / demasiado o ms de
lo necesario o deseado.
2. Too se coloca delante de
adjetivos y adverbios.
Ejercicio 55: Complete las frases 1 a
5 con too o enough y con palabras de la lista
dada a continuacin.
fast /police / catch
quietly / him / hear
tired / understand
old / take
well / decide
clean / people / swim
0. She drove too fast for the police to catch her.
1. Sarahs not _______ the big dog for a walk.
2. They were talking ________ what they
were saying.
3. Near some French beaches the sea is not__
_____ in.
4. Theres somebody out there, but I cant see
________ if its Paul.
5. Ill study this tomorrow Im ________
____ it tonight.
Los adverbios so y such (tan)
So can be used together with
adjectives or adverbs to show
extremes.
The music is so loud. I cant stand
it any longer.
Se utiliza so (tan) delante
de adjetivos o adverbios para
expresar extremos.
He spoke so quickly. I admire him
for being able to speak so fast.
Such can be used together with
an adjective and a noun to
show extremes.
Tim has such a nice house!
Se utiliza such (tan) delante
de un adjetivo + sustantivo
para expresar extremos.
con so o such, segn convenga.
1. She is _________ funny! She always
makes me laugh.
2. Sam and Tom are ________ crazy
people! I never know what they are going
to do next.
3. Enrique speaks English _______ fluently
that I thought he was American or English.
4. The film was _________ good that I saw
it five times.
5. Fanny is _______ a clown! She is always
telling jokes.
Tema
Las oraciones
1. Estructura y orden de los elementos
en la oracin simple
2. Oraciones compuestas
2.1. Oraciones subordinadas sustantivas
2.2. Oraciones subordinadas adjetivas o relativas
2.3. Oraciones adverbiales
2.3.1. Condicionales
2.3.2. Concesivas
2.3.3. Consecutivas
2.3.4. Finales
2.3.5. Causales
2.3.6. Comparativas
2.3.7. Temporales
2.3.8. De modo
2.3.9. De lugar
2.4. Ejercicios sobre oraciones compuestas
3. Oraciones con wish
4
TEMA 4: LAS ORACIONES 81
INGLS
1. Estructura y orden
de los elementos
en la oracin simple
Para hablar de la estructura de la fra-
se en ingls y de sus elementos debemos
distinguir generalmente entre frases afir-
mativas, negativas e interrogativas. Con-
sideraremos en primer lugar las frases
afirmativas. A continuacin presen-
tamos una tabla reflejando los distintos
elementos con los que podemos contar
en una frase y un ejemplo.
a)
Sujeto Verbo Objeto directo Frase adverbial
They eat a hamburger at midday.
b)
Sujeto Verbo Objeto
indirecto
Objeto directo Frase adverbial
He gave her a ring for their anniversary.
c)
Sujeto Verbo Objeto
directo
TO Objeto indirecto Frase adverbial
Tom gave a book to his sister for her birthday.
Si los dos objetos son pronombres esta forma es la obligatoria.
Tom gave it to her for her birthday.
d)
Sujeto Auxiliar Verbo Objeto directo Frase adverbial
You must do your homework every day.
Ahora damos algunos ejemplos para el orden de los elementos en la frase negativa.
a)
Sujeto Auxiliar NOT Verbo Frase adverbial
Peter has not finished yet.
b)
Sujeto Auxiliar NOT Verbo Objeto
directo
Frase
adverbial
The children do not study Latin every weekend.
82 TEMA 4: LAS ORACIONES
Para hablar de las frases interroga-
tivas tenemos que distinguir desde el
principio dos tipos:
a) Yes / no questions: Son aquellas pre-
guntas que podemos contestar con s o
no y el orden de los elementos es ste:
c)
Sujeto BE NOT Frase
adverbial
Frase
adverbial
Peter and Tom were not at school yesterday.
Auxiliar Sujeto Verbo Objeto
Does Susan speak Italian?
b) Wh- questions: Son aquellas en las
que se pide una informacin con-
creta sobre el sujeto, el objeto u
otro elemento de la frase. Siempre
empiezan por un pronombre inte-
rrogativo y por lo tanto el orden es
el siguiente:
Pronombre interrogativo Auxiliar Sujeto Verbo Objeto
What time do you get up on Sundays?
Ejercicio 57: Ordene los elementos
para construir frases correctas.
1. books spent two he years $ 500
ago on (.)
2. coast when to we often we
young were the went (.)
3. in sometimes open the summer
slept in he tent (.)
4. went early did to school you
when always up you get (?)
5. many didnt the party were too
enjoy because she people there (.)
6. there children on are any beach
playing the (?)
7. the sea of is a water lot there in
(.)
8. along arent the walking people
there many road (.)
9. little pocket money Ive a my got
in (.)
10. shop are some coming the of
women out (.)
2. Oraciones
compuestas
En este apartado slo presentaremos
algunos conceptos de las oraciones com-
puestas. Como habamos recomendado
en la Presentacin de este libro, la teo-
INGLS
ra bsica se puede consultar en el libro
de Ingls de la Prueba de Acceso a Ciclos
Formativos de Grado Medio. Al final del
apartado ofrecemos ejercicios variados
sobre los aspectos ms importantes de las
oraciones compuestas.
2.1. Oraciones subordinadas
sustantivas
Este grupo de oraciones subordinadas
se llama tambin subordinadas nomina-
les (noun clauses) porque realmente susti-
tuyen a un nombre. Por lo tanto pueden
tener principalmente una de las siguien-
tes funciones de la oracin principal:
a) sujeto:
What you did was very kind.
b) complemento (objeto) directo:
I dont understand what you want to say.
c) predicado:
The idea is that you go and see him.
d) complemento de una preposicin
We all laughed at how he danced.
2.2. Oraciones subordinadas
adjetivas o relativas
Estas oraciones tienen la funcin de
un adjetivo en la oracin principal y cali-
fican a un sustantivo en sta.
This is the book I wanted to buy.
Hay dos tipos de oraciones relativas,
las especificativas (defining) y las expli-
cativas (non-defining). Para introducir
las especificativas podemos utilizar los
siguientes pronombres:
that para personas y cosas en
funcin de sujeto u objeto
who para personas en funcin
de sujeto u objeto
whom para personas en funcin
de objeto
which para cosas en funcin de
sujeto u objeto
whose para personas o cosas en
funcin de posesivo
Las oraciones de relativo especificati-
vas cumplen estas reglas:
a) No se separan de la frase principal
por comas.
b) Si el pronombre relativo funciona
como sujeto se puede omitir y cuando
es el complemento de una preposicin
se suele omitir.
En las oraciones de relativo expli-
cativas podemos utilizar los siguientes
pronombres:
who para personas en funcin
de objeto o sujeto
which para cosas en funcin de
sujeto u objeto
that para cosas en funcin de
sujeto u objeto
whose para cosas o personas en
funcin de sujeto u objeto
Estas oraciones van entre comas, sus
pronombres relativos nunca se pueden
omitir.
Consideramos a continuacin cues-
tiones ms especficas en cuanto a las
oraciones relativas.
1. La preposicin en las oraciones relati-
vas se suele colocar detrs de la expre-
sin final.
e.g. Do you know the man Chris is
talking to?
2. Para unir dos frases de las cuales una
tiene un adjetivo posesivo se usa el
pronombre relativo whose.
e.g. We saw two women. Their handbags
were red and pink.
We saw two women whose handbags
were red and pink.
3. En ingls formal se puede utilizar
whom en vez de who si el pronombre
relativo es el objeto del verbo.
e.g. The assitant was on holiday. I wanted
to see him.
The assistant whom I wanted to see
was on holiday.
4. Para referirse a sitios podemos utili-
zar where en oraciones relativas.
e.g. The city was beautiful. We stayed
there for four days.
The city where we stayed for four days
was beautiful.
5. Se suele omitir that cuando nos referimos
al momento en el que ocurri algo.
e.g. Do you still remember the day (that)
we first met?
6. En oraciones relativas explicativas se
puede utilizar whom y which detrs de
preposiciones.
e.g. Fortunately we had a map, without
which we would have got lost.
7. Para transmitir la idea de lo que en
frases relativas explicativas tenemos
que utilizar which.
e.g. Jim passed the exam. This surprised
all of us.
Jim passed the exam, which
surprised all of us.
2.3. Oraciones adverbiales
2.3.1. Condicionales
Conditional Sentences (frases condicionales)
They have two parts, the if-
clause and the main clause.
There are three kinds of
conditional sentences:
Tienen dos partes, la frase
condicional y la frase principal.
Hay tres tipos de frases
condicionales:
1. Open or Probable
Condition. The condition is
possible; it may or may not be
performed. They imply that
the action in the if-clause is
quite probable.
He will come if you call him.
1. Condicin abierta o
probable. La condicin es
posible, se puede efectuar o
no. Se implica que la accin
de la oracin condicional es
bastante probable.
If you work hard, you will pass the
exam.
.../...
INGLS
2. Hypothetical or
Improbable Condition.
The action may or may not
happen but it is not probable.
He would come if you called him.
2. Condicin hipottica o
improbable. Puede que la
accin tenga lugar o no, pero
no es probable.
If you worked hard, you would pass
the exam.
3. Impossible Condition. In
this case the condition cant
be fulfilled because the action
in the if-clause didnt happen
so its impossible.
He would have come if you had
called him.
3. Condicin imposible. En
este caso la condicin no
se puede cumplir porque
la accin de la oracin
condicional no tuvo lugar.
If you had worked harder, you
would have passed the exam.
Resumen de los tiempos que se usan en las oraciones condicionales:
= Primer condicional: If + presente // futuro
If the weather is nice, we will go swimming.
= Segundo condicional: If + pasado simple // would + infinitivo
If I had money, I would buy a house.
= Tercer condicional: If + pasado perfecto // would + infinitivo pasado
If Peter had known it, he would have told me.
Possible variations of the tense rules (excepciones)
Two present tenses are used
to express natural laws and
habitual reactions.
If I say yes, he says no.
Se usa el presente en ambas
partes si nos referimos a
leyes naturales o reacciones
habituales
You get wet if it rains.
.../...
.../...
If + the present tense can be
followed by an imperative or
must or should.
If you see him, tell him to come
soon. Una imperativa o una oracin
con should o must le
puede seguir a la estructura if
+ presente
If he is sick, he should be in bed.
We use if and the present tense
followed by may or can to
express possibility instead of
certainty.
If he starts now, he will be in time.
(certain result)
De la misma manera podemos
utilizar may o can para
expresar posibilidad en vez de
certidumbre.
If he starts now, he may be in time.
(possible result)
May or can can also express
permission.
If you are in a hurry, you can take
my car.
May or can tambin
expresan permiso.
Similarly we can use might or
could with the past tense.
If you tried again, you would
succeed. (certain result)
De la misma manera se puede
utilizar might or could en
el pasado.
If you tried again, you might
succeed. (possible result)
If it stopped snowing, you could go
out. (ability or permission)
The present perfect or the
present continuous may replace the
present tense in type 1.
If you have finished the exercise, Ill
show you how to do the next one.
En vez del presente simple
se puede utilizar el presente
perfecto o el presente continuo
en el primer condicional.
In this kind of sentences the
past tense is used in place of a
subjunctive which doesnt exist
in English, except for TO BE
(were may be used for all
persons). This form (were) is
also used to give someone some
advice.
If I were you, Id buy a new car.
This is imaginary because Im
not you.
Slo en los consejos de tipo
si yo fuera t se utiliza el
subjuntivo del verbo to be.
.../...
INGLS
2.3.2. Concesivas
Concessive clauses express
contrast and opposition
of ideas. These clauses
are usually introduced by
although, though, even if, despite
or in spite of.
Although I went to bed late, I got up
early.
<
Las oraciones concesivas

indican contraste y oposicin
de ideas. Suelen empezar
con although (aunque),
though (aunque, si bien),
even if (aunque), despite
(a pesar de) o in spite of (a
pesar de).
2.3.3. Consecutivas
Clauses of result describe the
result of the fact or action the
main clause mentions. The
following conjunctions are
used to introduce these clauses:
so or so that.
It was snowing very hard, so they
couldnt ride their sleigh.
Estas oraciones describen
el resultado del hecho o de
la accin mencionado en la
oracin principal. Se utiliza
so (as que) y so that (de
modo que) para introducir
estas frases.
2.3.4. Finales
Clauses of purpose express
the aim of the action in the
main clause.
I went to the supermarket to get
some potatoes.
Estas frases expresan la
finalidad de la accin de la
oracin principal.
There are different structures
in English to express purpose:
En ingles existen distintas
formas para expresar
finalidad:
Infinitive of purpose: The
person who carries out
the action of the verb and
the infinitive are the same.
The infinitive tells us why
someone did something.
We spent the winter in South
Spain to learn Spanish.
Infinitivo de propsito:
La misma persona lleva a
cabo ambas acciones (la
expresada por el verbo y por
el infinitivo). El infinitivo nos
indica por qu se hizo.
In order to and so as to have the
same value as the infinitive of
purpose, but they are more
formal.
She went to Germany so as to
find a well-paid job.
In order to y so as to
(para) expresan lo mismo que
el infinitivo pero son ms
formales.
To talk about the general
aim of an object we use for +
gerund.
This is an appliance for cutting
meat.
Para describir la utilidad de
un utensilio, se usa for
(para) + gerundio.
2.3.5. Causales
Causal clauses are introduced
by because, as or since, but the
three conjunctions can not
always be substituted for each
other. Compare:
Las oraciones causales
empiezan por because
(porque), as (ya que) o
since (puesto que) pero estas
tres conjunciones no se pueden
reemplazar siempre. Compare:
Because is used to answer a
question:
Why is the child angry? Because he
has lost its ball.
Se utiliza because para
responder a una pregunta.
As or since are used when the
cause is evident or known
beforehand:
As you know, I am not very good
at knitting.
Se utiliza as o since cuando
la causa es evidente o se conoce
de antemano.
In other cases as, since
and because can be used
indifferently:
I could enter because / as / since I
had an invitation.
Existen otros casos, en los que
las tres conjunciones se pueden
utilizar de forma indiferente.
Nevertheless as and since are
more common when the
subordinate clause comes first:
As / Since I had a cold, I couldnt
go there.
No obstante, se prefiere utilizar
as o since si la oracin
subordinada va en primer
lugar.
2.3.6. Comparativas
In comparative clauses more
... than or as ... as are used as
conjunctions.
Tom is as big as Jim.
En las oraciones comparativas
se utiliza more than (ms
que) o as as (tan como)
en funcin de conjunciones.
In negative sentences we can
use not as ... as or not so ... as:
Henry is not as rich as John.
Henry is not so rich as John.
En oraciones negativas se
puede utilizar not as/so .as
(no tan como).
If we use the expression the
same, we must do it with as. We
cannot use like in this case.
Tom is the same age like as Henry.
Si se utiliza the same (lo
mismo / igual) hay que utilizar
as (como). No se puede utilizar
like (como) en este caso.
If there is no verb in the
second part of the comparative
clause, it is more usual to use
the object pronoun (and not
the subject pronoun).
You are older than I am. BUT You
are older than me.
Si la segunda parte de la
oracin comparativa carece
de verbo, se suele utilizar
el pronombre personal de
objeto (en vez del pronombre
personal de sujeto).
INGLS
2.3.7. Temporales
There are many conjunctions
which introduce time clauses:
after, as, as long as, as soon as,
before, by the time, since, while,
etc. If the time clause comes
first we generally use a comma
before the main clause. In the
following we will consider
the usage of some of the
conjunctions mentioned.
Hay muchas conjunciones
para introducir oraciones
temporales: after (despus
de), as (mientras), as long
as (mientras que), before
(antes de), by the time
(cuando), since (desde),
while (mientras), etc. Si
se coloca primero la oracin
temporal, se suele utilizar una
coma delante de la oracin
principal. A continuacin
analizaremos el uso de algunas
de las conjunciones temporales.
The present simple is used to
talk about the future in time
clauses introduced by when or
after.
Ill phone her when I get home.
Se utiliza el presente simple
para referirse al futuro
en oraciones temporales
introducidas por when
(cuando) o after (despus de).
While is usually used together
with the past continuous tense
to express that two actions took
place at the same time.
I was having a rest while my
children were playing in the garden.
Se suele utilizar while junto
con el pasado continuo para
indicar que dos acciones
tuvieron lugar al mismo
tiempo.
While is usually used together
with the past simple and
the past continuous tense
to express that one action
interrupted another.
The car broke down while I was
driving to the village.
Para indicar que una accin en
el pasado interrumpi a otra,
se utiliza el pasado simple (la
accin que interrumpe) y el
pasado continuo (accin que
queda interrumpida) junto con
while.
As can be used with a similar
meaning, although we will use
the past simple then.
As we arrived home, the telephone
started to ring.
Se puede expresar ideas
similares utilizando as y el
pasado simple.
Sentences like We havent had
a party for two months can be
transformed into the following
structure, using since.
Its been two months since we (last)
had a party.
Frases como Llevamos
dos meses sin celebrar una
fiesta se pueden transformar
en oraciones temporales
utilizando since.
2.3.8. De modo
Clauses of manner are
introduced by conjunctions
like as, as if or as though.
These clauses usually go in
end-position.
They talked to me as if I were a
thief.
Oraciones de modo se
introducen por conjunciones
como as, as if , o as
though (como si). Suelen
tener posicin final.
Many clauses of manner
contribute to a comparative
meaning of the whole clause.
Then they may go in initial or
end position.
As a father loves his son, so he loves
his nephew.
Muchas oraciones de
modo tienen un significado
comparativo, entonces pueden
tener posicin inicial o final.
2.3.9. De lugar
Clauses of place may be
introduced by where or wherever
and their normal position is at
the end of the sentence.
We see her wherever we go.
Oraciones de lugar se pueden
introducir por where (donde)
o por wherever (dondequiera
que). Su posicin normal es al
final de la oracin.
2.4. Ejercicios sobre oraciones
compuestas
Ejercicio 58: Condicional 1 Ponga
los verbos entre parntesis en el tiempo
correcto.
0. If I see him I (give) him a lift. will give
1. What will happen if my parachute (not
open)?
2. The table will collapse if you (stand) on
it.
3. The police (arrest) him if they catch him.
4. Someone (steal) your car if you leave it
unlocked.
5. If I find your passport I (telephone) you at
once.
6. Ill be very angry if he (make) any more
mistakes.
7. If he (read) in bad light he will ruin his
eyes.
8. Unless he (sell) more he wont get much
commission.
9. If he (eat) all that he will
be ill.
10. She wont open the door
unless she (know) who it
is.
INGLS
utilizando las conjunciones del recuadro.
while, after, as soon as, until, when, as,
before, whenever
1. The burglars broke into the villa ______
__ the Millers were sleeping.
2. Wait for us here ____________ we go
into the bank to hand this envelope in.
3. ___________ Sam had finished his lunch,
he was allowed to have a vanilla custard.
4. I didnt see the boss, because I arrived ___
__________ she had left.
5. Dont go out _____________ the
mechanic comes.
6. Dont worry, Ill do it ___________ I
can.
7. And dont forget! Lock the door _______
_ you go out.
8. They cant leave _____________ the
taxi comes.
9. Its getting late. Lets go to the grocers
_____________ it closes.
10. Ill buy a new motorbike ____________
I sell the old one.
11. She woke up ______________ the phone
rang.
12. They had an accident _____________
they were driving to the beach.
13. Ill give you a ring _______________ I
get there.
14. You must finish your homework _______
_______ you go out.
15. Dont go out _________________ it
stops snowing.
Ejercicio 60: Una las dos frases
usando la conjuncin dada.
0. I learned French. I was working in a wine
bar in Paris. (while)
I learned French while I was working
in a wine bar in Paris.
1. It was raining. We didnt go out. (as)
2. He made those proposals. He wanted to
bring the strike to an end. (in order to)
3. Shes over sixty. She still looks young.
(though)
4. The dog was barking. The baby woke up.
(because)
5. Please give me some money. I want to buy
something for dinner. (so that)
6. Your car is much larger than ours. It is not
as comfortable. (although)
7. She sent her daughter to the village. She
wanted her to buy some butter. (to)
8. Sam passed all his exams. He was very
happy. (as)
9. Let me have your phone number. I want
to ring you later. (so)
10. His car had broken down. He took it to
the garage. (because)
Ejercicio 61: Condicional 2 Ponga
los verbos entre parntesis en el tiempo
correcto.
0. If I had a typewriter I (type) it myself.
would type
1. He (look) a lot better if he shaved more
often.
2. I shouldnt drink that wine if I (be) you.
3. If he worked more slowly he (not make) so
many mistakes.
4. I (buy) shares in that company if I had
some money.
5. If I (know) his address Id give it to you.
6. What you (do) if you found a burglar in
your house?
7. If you (play) for lower stakes you wouldnt
lose so much.
8. More tourists would come to this country if
it (have) a better climate.
9. If we had more rain our crops (grow)
faster.
10. I (offer) to help if I thought Id be any
use.
Ejercicio 62: Vuelva a escribir las si-
guientes frases empezando con las pala-
bras dadas.
0. When she was a child, she didnt like
vegetables. She never ate them. She didnt
use to...
She didnt use to eat vegetables when
she was a child.
1. My husband arrived at home at 9. I hadnt
prepared dinner yet. My husband arrived
before...
2. I had plenty of time, so I decided to go for
a walk. I decided...
3. It was cold, so I turned the heater on. I
turned...
4. My brother was cooking and my sister was
studying at the same time. My brother was
cooking...
5. We havent been to the theatre for eight
months. Its eight months...
dadas con un pronombre relativo y elija
una segunda parte entre las siguientes:
you can buy meat there
he invented the telephone
she runs away from home
they are never on time
it can support life
it gives you the meaning of words
0. The butchers is a shop...
The butchers is a shop where you
can buy meat.
1. The book is about a girl...
2. Alexander Bell was the man...
3. A dictionary is a book...
4. I dont like people...
5. It seems that Earth is the only planet...
Ejercicio 64: Condicional 3 Pon-
ga los verbos entre parntesis en la forma
correcta.
0. If you (spoke) more slowly he might have
understood you. had spoken
1. If I had known that you were in hospital I
(visit) you.
2. If you (arrive) ten minutes earlier you
would have got a seat.
3. You would have seen the garden at its best
if you (be) here last week.
4. I shouldnt have believed it if I (not see) it
with my own eyes.
INGLS
5. If he had slipped he (fall) 500 metres.
6. The hens (not get) into the house if you
had shut the door.
7. If you had left that wasp alone it (not sting)
you.
8. He would have been arrested if he (try) to
leave the country.
9. If I (know) that you were coming I would
have baked a cake.
10. I (take) a taxi if I had realized that it was
such a long way.
Ejercicio 65: En este ejercicio tiene
que unir las dos frases mediante un pro-
nombre relativo. A veces la frase relativa
va en el medio y a veces al final. Siga el
ejemplo.
0. Thank you for your e-mail. (I was very
happy to get your e-mail.)
Thank you for your e-mail, which I
was very happy to get.
1. I looked up at the moon. (The moon was
very bright that night.)
2. He showed me a photograph of his daughter.
(His daughter is a policewoman.)
3. The milkman was late this morning. (The
milkman is nearly always on time.)
4. We spent a lovely day by the river. (We had
a picnic by the river.)
5. That woman over there is an artist. (I
cant remember her name.)
Ejercicio 66: Una los principios de estas frases con sus finales correspondientes.
Ejemplo: 1-B. Always wash your hands before you have a meal.
Principios Finales
1 Always wash your hands A and Ill hit you.
2 Always brush your teeth B before you have a meal.
3 As Sally told you C I did what I could for her.
4 Because I knew her family D her father left for Chicago last Monday.
5 Talk to me like that again E or Ill hit you.
6 Dont do that again F so I tried to help her.
7 Sally explained to you G that her father had gone back home last
Saturday.
8 I was sorry for her H unless you stop that.
9 If you do that again I youll be sorry.
10 Therell be trouble J after you have a meal.
Ejercicio 67: Condicionales 1, 2 y 3
Ponga los verbos en la forma correcta.
0. If you (wear) a false beard nobody would
have recognized you. had worn
1. I (bring) you some beer if I had known
that you were thirsty.
2. You (not be) any use unless you learn to
type.
3. Dial 999 if you (want) Police, Ambulance
or Fire Brigade.
4. If someone offered to buy you one of those
rings, which one (you choose)?
5. If you shake that bottle of port, it (not be)
fit to drink.
6. I (not buy) things on the instalment system
if I were you.
7. If anyone attacked me, my dog (jump) at
his throat.
8. You would play better bridge if you (not
talk) so much.
9. If the milkman (come), tell him to leave
three pints.
10. If he were in, he (answer) the phone.
3. Oraciones con wish
Wish and if only can be used
with would and past tenses.
These structures express the
idea of regretting something
and wishes for impossible
things.
I wish, I felt better today.
Si se utiliza wish e if only
(ojal) con would y tiempos
pasados, se expresa la idea de
arrepentimiento o deseo por algo
imposible.
I wish, I spoke English well.
Ejercicio 68: Escriba frases con wish
como indica el ejemplo.
0. She smokes.
I wish, she didnt smoke.
1. The TV doesnt work.
2. I cant eat cheese.
3. He works on Sundays.
4. It rains all the time.
5. I dont like dancing.
INGLS
Ejercicio 69: Una los principios y
los finales adecuados para formar frases
con wish y el past perfect. Fjese en el
ejemplo.
Principios Finales
1 (be) nice to
my brother
A when I had
the chance.
2 (choose) B when
we were
children.
Principios Finales
3 (do) more
travelling
C last night.
4 (go) to D a different
career.
5 (go) to bed
earlier
E a better
school.
6 (not get
married)
F when I was
eighteen.
Ejemplo: 1-B. I wish, I had been nice to
my brother when we were children.
Tema
El lxico
1. False friends
2. Palabras fciles de confundir
3. Verbos preposicionales y frasales
4. Formacin de palabras: composicin,
derivacin, prefijos y sufijos
4.1. Composicin
4.2. Prefijos y sufijos
5
TEMA 5: EL LXICO 99
INGLS
1. False friends
Qu son los false friends (falsos
amigos)?
Los estudiantes hispano-parlantes sue-
len utilizar indebidamente ciertas palabras
en ingls que, en su idioma natal, se escri-
ben o pronuncian de modo parecido.
Ejemplos:
a) Para expresar: Compr dos car-
petas en la papelera, un his-
pano-parlante suele decir: I
bought two CARPETS at the
stationerys. Carpet en ingls
significa alfombra, mientras
que la carpeta del ejemplo se
traduce como FOLDER.
b) Para decir: Compr este libro en
la librera, suele expresarlo como
I bought this book at the LIBRA-
RY. Library en ingls significa
biblioteca, mientras que la li-
brera del ejemplo debe tradu-
cirse como BOOKSHOP.
La tabla que mostramos a continua-
cin recoge una lista con falsos amigos.
En ella no slo hemos reflejado los false
friends tradicionales, sino tambin otros
ejemplos (tal vez menos frecuentes) re-
cogidos de traducciones y ejercicios de
alumnos. Es conveniente que el alumno
la consulte tanto a lo hora de interpretar
(o tal vez traducir) un texto, como a la
hora de redactar.
Al lado de cada palabra se ofrece, es-
crita entre parntesis, la traduccin co-
rrecta de la misma. En estas traducciones
hemos intentado destacar el significado
principal de cada palabra aunque existen
otras aceptaciones.
actually (realmente) actualmente (now)
adequate (suficiente) adecuado (suitable)
advice (consejo) aviso / advertencia (notice / warning)
agenda (orden del da) agenda personal (diary)
alive (vivo) aliviado (relieved)
already (ya) alrededor (around)
anxious (inquieto) ansioso (eager)
argument (pelea) argumento [de una obra] (plot)
assist (ayudar) asistir (attend)
attend (asistir) atender (pay attention)
avocado (aguacate) abogado (lawyer)
black (negro) blanco (white)
call (llamar) callar (shut up)
.../...
100 TEMA 5: EL LXICO
caramel (azcar tostado) caramelo (sweet)
career (profesin) carrera [de coches] (race)
cask (barril) casco (helmet)
carpet (alfombra) carpeta (folder / file)
college (centro de enseanza superior) colegio (school)
conductor (cobrador de atubs) conductor (driver)
contain (contener) continuo (continuous)
conservatory (invernadero) conservatorio (music academy)
constipated (estreido) constipado (to have a cold)
crime (delincuencia) crimen (murder)
deception (engao) decepcin (disappointement)
defraud (estafar) defraudar (disappoint)
discussion (debate / discusin) discusin / disputa (argument)
disgust (repugnancia) disgusto (trouble)
effective (eficaz) [pagar en] efectivo (cash)
embarrassed (avergonzado) embarazada (pregnant)
eventually (finalmente) eventualmente (possibly)
exit (salida) xito (success)
expect (esperar) expectativa (expectation)
front (parte delantera) frente [parte de la cara] (forehead)
hym(himno religioso) himno nacional (national anthem)
idiom(expresin idiomtica) idioma (language)
large (amplio) largo (long)
mood (nimo) moda (fashion)
notice (darse cuenta) noticia (news)
once (una vez) once (eleven)
parents (padres) parientes (relatives)
presume (suponer) presumir (predict, suppose)
.../...
.../...
TEMA 5: EL LXICO 101
INGLS
pretend (fingir) pretender (expect, try to)
provide (proporcionar, proveer) proveer (supply)
quiet (callado) quieto (still)
realize (darse cuenta) realizar (make)
remain (permanecer) remar (row)
remove (quitar) remover (stir)
sensible (sensato) sensible (sensitive)
signature (firma) asignatura (subject)
spectacles (gafas) espectculos (show)
strange (raro) extranjero (foreign/er)
suburb (barrio residencial) suburbio (slum)
success (xito) suceso (happening)
sympathy (compasin) sympata (affection)
topic (tema) tpico (clich, stereotype)
vase (florero) vaso (glass)
vicious (fiero) vicioso (addict)
2. Palabras fciles de confundir
Palabras de significado parecido cuyo uso depende del contexto
A continuacin presentamos parejas (o tros) de palabras que tienen un significado
parecido pero se usan en contextos diferentes.
dead and died
dead is an adjective: a dead
man
Mrs McGinty is dead. (La seora
McGinty est muerta)
dead (muerto) es un adjetivo:
un hombre muerto
died is the past & past
participle of to die
Shakespeare died in 1616.
(Shakespeare muri en 1616)
died (muri / muerto) es el
pasado y el participio pasado
del verbo die (morir)
.../...
.../...
dying is the present participle
Be careful with the spelling!
Hay que tener en cuenta
la ortografa del gerundio:
dying
die and kill
die means to stop living (of
creatures and plants)
Hell die if he doesnt eat. (Morir
si no come)
die (morir)significa dejar
de vivir (se usa para hablar de
criaturas y plantas)
kill means to cause to die The robber killed the guard. (El
ladrn mat al guardia)
kill (matar) significa causar la
muerte de
death and died
death is a noun which refers
to:
a) the last end of life
b) time or manner of dying
He was happy to the day of his
death. (Fue feliz hasta el da de
su muerte)
death (muerte) es un
sustantivo que se utiliza para
referirse a:
a) el final de la vida
b) la hora o la forma de morirse
died is the past tense of the
verb to die
He died yesterday. (Muri ayer) died (muri) es el pasado del
verbo morir (to die)
rob and steal
When we use steal the object
of the sentence is the thing that
has been taken away.
They stole five thousand pounds
from the bank. (Robaron cinco
mil libras del banco)
Cuando se utiliza steal
(robar), el complemento de la
frase es la cosa sustrada.
When we use rob the object
of the sentence is the person
or the place from which things
are stolen.
They robbed the bank and stole a
million pounds. (Atracaron el
banco y se llevaron un milln
de libras)
Cuando se utiliza rob (robar)
el complemento de la frase es
la persona robada o el lugar
donde tuvieron lugar los
hechos.
.../...
INGLS
win and beat
You win (or lose) a game, an
argument, a battle, a prize,
money, etc.
Peter won the tennis match. (Pedro
gan el partido de tenis)
Se utiliza win (ganar) para
hablar de juegos, discusiones,
batallas, premios y dinero.
You beat (or are beaten by) the
person you are playing, arguing
or fighting against.
I beat John at chess yesterday.
(Ayer le gan a Juan jugando al
ajedrez)
Se utiliza beat (ganar, vencer)
para referirse a la persona con /
contra la que se juega, discute
o lucha.
all and every
Both are used to talk about
people or things in general but
all is used with a plural noun
and verb.
All Mondays are horrible. (Todos
los lunes son horribles)
Ambas palabras se utilizan para
hablar de personas o cosas en
general, pero all (todos) se
utiliza con palabras contables
en plural.
every is used with singular
words
Every Monday is horrible. (Cada
lunes es horrible)
every (cada) se utiliza con
palabras en singular
hear and listen to
When we use hear, we refer to
the fact that sounds just come
to your ears
I heard a strange noise. (O un
ruido extrao)
Cuando se utiliza hear (or,
escuchar) se refiere al hecho de
que los sonidos llegan al odo.
Hear is used to talk about
experiencing musical
performances, radio broadcasts,
talks, lectures, if they are
public.
I heard Oistrakh play the
Mendelssohn concerto last
night. (Anoche escuch a
Oistrakh tocar el concierto de
Mendelsohn)
Se utiliza hear (or, escuchar)
cuando se habla de actuaciones,
emisiones de radio, charlas, si
son pblicas.
We use listen when the
performance is not public.
I spent the night listening to records.
(Me pas la noche escuchando
discos)
Se utiliza listen (escuchar)
cuando la actuacin no es
pblica.
Listen to expresses that we
are concentrating, paying
attention, trying to hear as well
as possible.
Listen carefully, please. (Escucha
atentamente, por favor)
Cuando se utiliza listen to
(escuchar) se implica que
se escucha con atencin,
intentando or lo mejor posible.
look (at), watch and see
See means that visual
expressions come to your eyes;
SEE is not always deliberate, it
may be accidental.
I suddenly saw a spider on the
ceiling. (De repente vi una araa
en el techo)
See (ver) quiere decir
que expresiones visuales
llegan al ojo. No es siempre
premeditado, puede ser
accidental.
Look (at) suggests
concentration, intention; if we
look, we are paying attention or
trying to see what there is.
I looked but could see nothing.
(Mir pero no pude ver nada)
Look (at) (mirar) sugiere
concentracin e intencin. Se
presta atencin y se intenta ver
lo que hay.
Watch suggests that something
is happening or going to
happen; we watch things that
change, move or develop.
I usually spend Saturday afternoon
watching a football match. (Suelo
pasar la tarde del sbado viendo
un partido de ftbol)
Watch (observar indica que
algo est ocurriendo o va a
ocurrir. Observamos cosas
que cambian, se mueven o se
desarrollan.
drop and throw
to drop:
a) to fall or let fall in drops
b) to let fall or lower
a) The water dropped down slowly.
(El agua goteaba despacio)
b) She dropped her handkerchief.
(Dej caer su pauelo)
to drop:
a) gotear
b) dejar caer
Throw means to send
something through the air
by a sudden movement or
straightening of the arm.
She threw the ball 100 metres.
(Tir la pelota 100 metros)
Throw (tirar) significa
mandar algo por el
aire moviendo el brazo
rpidamente.
job and work
job:
a) a piece of work that has been
or must be done
b) regular paid employment
a) Do a better job next time.
(Hazlo mejor la prxima vez)
b) He has a good job in a bank.
(Tiene un buen puesto en un
banco)
job:
a) trabajo, tarea
b) trabajo, empleo
.../...
INGLS
work:
a) activity which uses effort,
not for amusement
b) nature or place of a job or
business
a) Its a lot of work to build a
house. (Construir una casa es
mucho trabajo)
b) I go to eat at work. (Como en
el trabajo)
work:
a) trabajo (actividad)
b) lugar de trabajo
Usage: One is appointed to
a post or position. These are
grander and more formal
words for a job. People work in
all the jobs. Work can be used
of activities in the mind and of
the body.
Uso: A alguien se le designa un
puesto (post) o una posicin
(position). Son palabras
especiales y ms formales que
trabajo (job). La gente trabaja
(work) en todos los empleos
(job). Trabajo (work) se
puede utilizar para actividades
corporales y mentales.
earn and win
Earn means to get money by
working.
He earns $ 300 a week. (Gana
300 $ la semana)
Earn (ganar) significa recibir
dinero por trabajo.
Win means to be given
(money) as a result of success
in a competition, race or game
of chance
I won $ 1.000 in the lottery.
(Gan 1000 $ en la lotera)
Win (ganar) significa
recibir dinero por ganar una
competicin, una carrera o un
juego de azar.
Usage: One wins a game, a
war or a prize after the event
one can say Ive won. If one
works for money or any other
reward one earns it, and this
word also carries the idea that
one deserves what one has
worked for: Hes earning $ 60
a week.
Uso: Se gana (win) un juego,
una guerra o un premio;
despus del acontecimiento se
puede decir he ganado (Ive
won). Si alguien trabaja por
dinero o cualquier otro premio,
lo gana (earn). Earn tambin
incluye la idea que uno se
merece por lo que ha trabajado:
Gana 60 $ a la semana.
other and another
other:
a) the remaining one(s) of a set
a) She was holding the wheel with one
hand and waving with the other. (En
una mano tena la rueda y con la
otra estaba haciendo seas)
other (otro):
a) Se refiere a los que quedan
de un conjunto
.../...
.../...
b) additional (person or thing);
as well: more
c) not the same, not this; not
ones own
b) You cant go by car, but there are
plenty of other ways of getting there.
(No puedes ir all en coche,
pero hay muchas otras formas
de llegar)
c) She enjoys spending other
peoples money. (Disfruta
gastando el dinero de los
dems)
b) Se refiera a una adicional,
tanto para personas como
para cosas. Tambin se puede
utilizar more (ms) en este
caso.
c) Se refiere a que no es el
mismo, no ste, no de uno
mismo.
another:
a) one more of the same sort;
an additional one
b) a different one
a) Your yoghurt has expired, have
another. (Tu yogur ha caducado,
toma otro)
b) They went from one shop to
another. (Fueron de una tienda
a otra)
another (otro):
a) Se refiere a una ms de la
misma clase.
b) Se refiera a una diferente.
pride and proud
Pride is a noun. It means too
high an opinion of oneself
because of ones rank, wealth,
abilities, etc.
He was so full of pride that he
didnt know that people usually
laughed at him. (Estaba tan lleno
de orgullo que no saba que la
gente se sola rer de l)
Pride (orgullo) significa tener
una opinin muy elevada de
uno mismo.
Proud is an adjective that
means having the quality of
self-respect and showing this in
ones standards of behaviour.
They are poor but proud; they
never ask for money or help. (Son
pobres, pero orgullosos, nunca
piden dinero o ayuda)
Proud (orgulloso) se utiliza
para hablar de la calidad de
dignidad o amor propio.
people, peoples, and person
People refers to persons in
general; persons other than
oneself.
Were there many people at the
meeting? (Hubo mucha gente
en la reunin?)
People (personas) se refiere a
personas en general.
People(s) refers to a race,
nation.
In general, the peoples of Africa are
very poor. (Generalmente los
pueblos africanos son pobres)
People(s) (pueblo) se refiere
a una raza o nacin.
.../...
INGLS
Person refers to a human
being considered as having a
character of her or his own.
Youre just the person I wanted to
see. (Eres la persona a quien
quera ver)
Person (persona) se refiere a
un ser humano.
The usual plural of person
is people; persons is familiar,
and is used when they are
considered more as numbers
than as human beings.
He was murdered by persons
unknown. (Fue asesinado por
desconocidos)
Normalmente el plural de
person es people. Persons
es informal y se utiliza cuando
se refiere ms al nmero que al
ser humano.
Usage: An individual is one
person. Do not use men when
you mean people, as it suggests
males only, but one can use
man for the whole human race,
including women.
Is man descended from monkeys?
(El hombre desciende del
mono?)
Uso: Un individuo es una
persona. No se debe utilizar
man (hombre) cuando se
quiere decir people (gente),
pero se puede utilizar man
para referise a la raza humana,
incluyendo las mujeres.
today and nowadays
today:
a) during or on the present day
b during or at present time
a) Are we going shopping today?
(Vamos a comprar hoy?)
b) We sell more cars abroad today
than weve ever done before.
(Hoy vendemos ms coches
al extranjero que jams hemos
hecho)
today:
a) hoy
b) en el presente
Nowadays is a formal
expression used to express at
the present time; now.
We used to drive our car a lot, but
nowadays petrol is too expensive.
(Solamos coger mucho el
coche, pero hoy da la gasolina
es demasiado cara)
Nowadays (hoy da) es una
expresin formal.
meet and find
Meet means to come together
by chance or arrangement.
Lets meet for dinner. (Por qu
no quedamos para cenar?)
Meet (reunirse con,
encontrar) puede referirse a
reuniones casuales o planeadas.
Find means to discover by
searching.
I cant find my boots. No
encuentro mis botas
Find (encontrar) se refiere
a encontrar despus de haber
buscado.
believe and think
Believe means to consider to
be true.
Do you believe in everything the
Bible says? (Crees en todo lo
que dice la Biblia?)
Believe: creer en
Think means to believe, to
consider.
I think shes right. (Creo que
tiene razn)
Think: pensar, creer
language, idiom and tongue
Language means a system of
words.
He is learning two foreign
languages. (Est estudiando dos
idiomas extranjeros)
Language: idioma
Idiom refers to a phrase. To be hard up is an English
idiom meaning to lack money.
(Hard up [pobre] es una
expresin idiomtica para
expresar la falta de dinero)
Idiom: expresin idomtica
Tongue refers to a spoken
language.
This dictionary helps people whose
native tongue is not English. (Este
diccionario sirve a personas cuya
lengua materna no es el ingls)
Tongue: lengua hablada
catch and take
Catch means to get hold of
something moving in the air.
The dog caught the ball in its
mouth. (El perro cogi la pelota
con la boca)
Match: coger algo que est
en el aire
Take means to get possession
of.
He took her arm and led her across
the road. (La cogi del brazo y la
llev al otro lado de la calle)
Take: coger, agarrar
during and for
During is used to say when
something happened.
There was a storm during the night;
it rained for three or four hours.
(Hubo una tormenta durante
la noche, llovi durante tres o
cuatro horas)
During (durante) se utiliza
para decir cuando ocurre algo.
.../...
INGLS
For is used to say how long
it took.
My father was in hospital for six
weeks during the summer. (Mi
padre estuvo en el hospital
durante seis semanas en
verano)
For (durante) se utiliza para
expresar cuanto tiempo dur la
accin.
travel, journey and trip
Travel is an uncountable
noun. It means travelling in
general, and cannot be used
with an indefinite article.
My hobbies are music, travel and
butterfly-collecting. (Mis hobbies
son music, viajar y coleccionar
mariposas)
Travel (viaje) es un sustantivo
incontable. Significa viajar en
general y no se puede utilizar
con el artculo indefinido.
If you want to talk about a
particular piece of travel, use
another word, like journey or
trip.
I hope you had a good journey.
Are you tired? (Espero que hayas
tenido un buen viaje. Ests
cansado?)
Si nos referimos a un vieja en
concreto, se utiliza journey
(viaje, recorrido) o trip (viaje,
excursin).
How was your trip to the States?
(Qu tal tu viaje a los Estados
Unidos?)
The plural travels is
sometimes used for a long trip
in which several places are
visited.
Hello youre back from your
travels, then. (Hola, pues ests
de vuelta de tu viaje)
El plural travels se utiliza a
veces para referirse a un viaje
largo en el que se ha visitado
muchos lugares.
The verb to travel can be used
both for travel in general and
for a particular journey or trip.
I love travelling. (Me encanta
viajar)
Are you travelling by train or
by air? (Viajas en tren o en
avin?)
El verbo travel se puede
utilizar tanto en sentido general
como particular.
Ejercicio 70: Complete las frases con
las palabras explicadas anteriormente. Las
palabras que estn entre parntesis sirven
de orientacin.
1. ______________ is much cheaper than
it used to be. (viajar)
Ejemplo: Travelling is much cheaper
than it used to be.
2. Peter didnt like the ___________ to
London, there were too many traffic jams.
(viaje)
3. Id love to go on a ___________ to
Granada. (viaje, excursin)
4. Have you ever seen a ___________ cat
on the road? (muerto)
.../...
5. I cant remember the year Cervantes ____
______. (morir)
6. My grandfather was __________ in an
accident. (morir)
7. My friends ____________ was very
painful. (muerte)
8. They ____________ the bar and ____
_______ all the money there was in the
gambling machines. (robar)
9. Seville dont usually ____________ a
lot of matches. (ganar)
10. When M. Al was young, he could _____
_____ everybody. (vencer)
11. I like _________ books. (todos)
12. __________ book I borrow from this
library is dirty. (todos)
13. There was a lot of noise, I couldnt _____
______ anything. (or)
14. I tried to _____________ him, but I
was too tired. (escuchar)
15. I __________ him before he could see
me. ((ver)
16. While Susan was _______________
her new ring, Peter turned up. (mirar)
17. My husband loves ____________
television. (ver)
18. Be careful, dont ____________ the plates.
(dejar caer)
19. Dont _____________ the ball too hard.
(lanzar)
20. Being a teacher is my ___________
.(trabajo)
21. He goes to ____________ at seven.
(trabajo)
22. Although we ___________ a lot, we
earn little. (trabajar)
23. You can ____________ a lot of money if
you gamble. (ganar)
24. I ____________ her at the bus station
yesterday. (ver, encontrarse con)
25. Peter cant _________ his shoes.
(encontrar)
26. I went to Brazil ___________ six weeks
_____________ the winter. (durante)
Diferencias entre TO TELL (decir, informar, contar) y TO SAY (decir)
Structures with TELL need an
indirect object.
I havent told him yet.
Las estructuras con tell
requieren complemento
indirecto.
SAY may have indirect object
or not
He said: Im hungry.
Say puede llevar
complemento indirecto o no.
If SAY is followed by the
indirect object, this is
introduced by the preposition
TO.
He said to her that he was hungry.
Si lleva complemento directo,
se le antepone to.
.../...
INGLS
The verb SAY introduces
subordinate clauses with
THAT, generally without an
indirect object.
He said that is was cold.
Se utiliza say normalmente
sin complemento indirecto
para introducir oraciones
subordinadas con that.
The verb TELL also introduces
subordinate clauses with THAT
but they generally have an
indirect object.
He told her (that) it was too late.
Si se utiliza tell para
introducir oraciones
subordinadas con that, stas
suelen tener complemento
indirecto.
Infinitives for orders are also
introduced by TELL.
He told her to hurry
rdenes indirectas tambin se
introducen con that.
Besides meaning decir TELL
can also be used to express the
idea of contar. Then it may be
followed by an indirect object or
not, depending on the clause.
Tell me all about it.
Si se utiliza tell en el sentido
de contar, puede o no llevar
complemento indirecto,
dependiendo de la oracin.
You must tell the truth.
Remember that the indirect
object of TELL becomes the
subject in passive structures.
Ive been told he is ill.
En estructuras en pasiva, el
complemento indirecto se
convierte en sujeto.
Las expresiones ms importantes con tell son:
Expressions Significado Example
to tell from distinguir
Its very difficult to tell one from
the other.
to tell on afectar
All that stress is telling on his
nerves.
to tell adivinar, prever
As to what his next move might be,
nobody can tell.
.../...
usando la forma correcta de tell o say.
1. He _________________________ the
country would have to import more.
2. She __________________________
me she is worried about them.
3. I _________________________ them
to hurry up.
4. Its quite difficult to ________________
___ one from the other.
5. Thats what she __________________
______.
6. If I were you, I would not ___________
_______ a lie.
Diferencias entre SO y THEN
En algunos casos se puede traducir
entonces al ingls como so y en otros
como then, pero ambas palabras tienen
ms connotaciones y muchas veces no
se pueden intercambiar. A continuacin
estudiaremos los diferentes usos de estas dos
palabras en ingls para evitar confusiones.
SO Adverb
Ejemplos de uso
1. in the way I show (tal como te
enseo)
Watch me do it: you should push the
needle through (just) so. (Observa
cmo lo hago: Debes pasar la
aguja as).
often in the phrase (a menudo en
la expresin) SO THAT, SO
AS TO
2. to such a degree (hasta tal punto)
The statement was so clear (that)
it couldnt be misunderstood. (El
comunicado era tan claro que no
caba duda).
2.1. used in place of an idea, expression,
etc., stated already, especially after
a verb marked (se usa para referirse
a una idea ya conocida).
He hopes hell win and I hope so too.
(l espera ganar y yo espero lo
mismo tambin).
2.2. in the same way; also (followed
by: be, have, do or a Modal verb
and then its subject) (De la misma
manera seguido de be, have, do o
un verbo modal y el sujeto).
You have pride and so have I (Tienes
orgullo y yo tambin).
2.3. used with a similar meaning as
then (Se usa con un significado
similar que then [entonces])
So she stood up and said good-
bye (Entonces se levant y se
depidi).
SO Conjunction
Ejemplos de uso
1. with the result that (con el
resultado de)
I had broken my glasses so I couldnt
see what was happening (Mis gafas
estaban rotas as que no pude ver
lo que estaba pasando).
2. with the purpose (that) (con el
propsito de)
I packed him a little food so (that) he
wouldnt get hungry. (Le met algo
de comida en la mochila para
que no pasara hambre).
3. therefore (por eso)
I had a headache, so I went to bed.
(Me dola la cabeza, por eso me
fui a la cama).
INGLS
4. Used at the beginning of a sentence
(se usa al principio de la frase):
4.1.with weak meaning (sin enfsis)
So here we are again. (As que aqu
estamos de nuevo)
4.2. to express discovery (para expresar
un descubrimiento)
So now I see whats been happening.
(Bueno, ahora s lo que ocurre).
SO Adjective
in agreements with the facts; true
(de acuerdo con los hechos)
If what you say is really so, Ill have
to change my plans. (Si lo que dices
realmente es as, tendr que
cambiar mis planes).
THEN Adverb
1. at that time (en aquel momento)
We lived in the country then. (Entonces
vivamos en el campo)
2. next in time, space, or order;
afterwards (ms tarde, ms
adelante)
Lets go for a drink and then go
home. (Vamos a tomar una copa y
despus nos vamos a casa)
3. in that case (en este caso)
If you want to go home, then go. (Si te
quieres ir a casa, entonces vete)
THEN Adjective
being so at the time (entonces)
The then capital of Germany was
Bonn. (La capital de Alemania
entonces era Bonn)
Ejercicio 72: Complete con so o then.
1. Cut the apples up like _______________
_. (informal)
2. I was still unmarried _____________.
3. The windows are _____________ small
as not to admit much light at all.
4. I dont think Ill be married by _______
______, do you?
5. It ___________ happens that we have
the same birthday.
6. If youre going to go out youd better do
_________ quickly.
7. When you see her, _____________
youll understand.
8. I enjoyed the book and __________ did
my wife.
9. Im busy today, __________ can you
come tomorrow?
10. The elephants were followed by the camels
and __________ came the horses.
11. What shall we do, ____________?
Swim?
12. Go into the cave, __________ they wont
see you.
Diferencias entre SMALL y LITTLE
Small refers only to size. It is
the opposite of big and large.
Could I have a small brandy?
Small (pequeo) slo hace
referencia al tamao. Es el
contrario de big (grande) y
large (grande, extenso).
.../...
Little (as an adjective) is
generally used to express some
emotion, as well as the idea
of smallness. This can be for
example, affection, amusement,
disgust, contempt.
Poor little thing come here and
let me look after you.
Little (pequeo) no slo se
refiere al tamao sino tambin
refleja alguna emocin: afecto,
diversin o desprecio.
Ejercicio 73: Complete con little y
small.
1. Her husband is a funny ___________
man, isnt he?
2. Youre too _____________ to be a
policeman.
3. Whats that nasty ____________ boy
doing?
4. My house is quite ______________.
5. It was a ______________ surprising.
Diferencias entre FOR, SINCE, FROM, AGO y DURING
Explanation Ejemplo(s) Explicacin
FOR is used to say how long
an action or a situation lasts. It
can be used to talk about the
past, present and future.
- I once studied the flute for three
years.
- That house has been empty for
four weeks.
- We go to the seaside for a week
every September.
- My boss will be away for the next
five days.
For (desde hace, durante)
se utiliza para expresar la
duracin de una accin. Nos
podemos referir al pasado,
presente y futuro.
When FOR is used to talk
about a period of time
continuing up to the present, it
is used with the present perfect
tense, not the present.
- Weve lived in this suburb for
fifteen years.
Cuando for se utiliza para
referirse a la duracin de
una accin que empez en el
pasado y sigue en el presente,
se utiliza junto con el presente
perfecto, no con el presente.
When we are talking about a
particular past moment, we
use FOR with the past perfect
to refer to a period of time
continuing up to that moment.
- When he arrived, I had been
waiting for three and a half
hours.
Cuando nos referimos a un
momento concreto en el
pasado, se utiliza for junto
con el pluscuamperfecto para
expresar que la accin dur
hasta aquel entonces.
.../...
.../...
INGLS
Note that for is generally
dropped in the expression (for)
how long.
- How long have you been waiting
(for)?
Se suele omitir for en la
expresin how long (cunto
tiempo?).
Instead of saying how long an
action or situation lasts, we can
say when it starts and when it
finishes. The idea is usually
expressed with from to or
from till/until..
- I was asleep from three to seven. (=
for four hours)
- Mother will be away from
Tuesday till Sunday.
En vez de decir cunto tiempo
dura una accin, podemos
decir cundo empez y cuando
termin. Para hacerlo se suele
utilizar from (desde) y to o
until (hasta).
From is also used when we
dont say when the action
finishes.
- He studied the piano from the age
of four.
Tambin se utiliza from
cuando no se indica cundo
termina la accin
Since (and not from) is used
to give the starting point of
actions and situations that
continue up to the moment of
speaking.
- Ive been here since two oclock,
but nobodys come yet.
Se utiliza since (desde
entonces) para indicar el
principio de una accin que
contina en el presente.
When we are talking about a
particular past moment, we
use since with the past perfect
to give the starting point of
an action or situation that had
gone up to that moment.
- I met her last Easter, but Id known
her by sight since 1972.
Cuando nos referimos a un
momento concreto en el
pasado, utilizamos since con
el pluscuamperfecto.
When for and since are used
with the present perfect,
it is easy to confuse them.
Remember that for is used to
say how long something has
lasted, since is used if we say
when it started.
- for five days
- since Thursday
Se puede confundir for y
since con facilidad cuando
se utilizan con expresiones en
presente perfecto. Recuerde
que for se utiliza para decir
cunto tiempo dur la accin
y since para decir cundo
empez.
The present perfect progressive
is often used with the
prepositions since and for:
- Ive been living in London since
May.
- Ive been living in London for two
months.
A menudo se utiliza el presente
perfecto continuo con since
o for.
.../...
.../...
Ago is not used to talk about the
length of actions or situations,
or when they start. When we
use ago, we simply say when
past events happened: but we
say it by counting backwards
from the present, not by giving
dates. Ago is used with the past
tense.
- I saw him three hours ago.
- That restaurant was closed many
years ago.
Ago (hace) se utiliza para
expresar cundo acciones
pasadas tuvieron lugar. Se
utiliza con pasado simple.
Ago is placed after an expression
of time, not before it.
- I met him three years ago.
- a long time ago.
Ago se coloca detrs del
adverbio de tiempo.
Ejercicio 74: Complete con since o
for.
1. He has been selling books_________ ten
years.
2. They have been living here ________
1954.
3. Ive been waiting _________ six oclock.
4. Youve been reading _________ two hours.
5. I havent worn this coat _________ two
years.
6. My friend has been ill ________ a long
time.
7. Poor Tony has not had a holiday ______
___ the year before last.
8. I have written ten letters ________
breakfast.
Diferencias entre COME y GO
Explanation Examples Explicacin
Come is used to express
movement towards the place
where the interlocutor or the
listener is and go is used to
express other movements.
- Come here!
- Go away!
Come (venir) se utiliza
para expresar el movimiento
hacia el lugar donde se halla el
interlocutor o oyente. Go (ir)
se utiliza para referirse a otros
movimientos.
Talking about the past or the
future, come is used to refer to
places where the interlocutor
or the listener was or will be
and go for other movements.
- Tell me about the boy who came to
see you in the office this afternoon.
- We are going to Howards
tomorrow.
Cuando nos referimos al
pasado o futuro, se usa come
para referirse a los sitios donde
estuvo o estar el interlocutor o
el oyente. Para referirse a otros
movimientos se utiliza go.
.../...
.../...
INGLS
Come (with) is used to express
the union between the
interlocutor and the listener
(even if we have to use GO for
the movement itself).
- Were going to the cinema tonight.
Would you like to come (with
us)?
Se utiliza come para destacar
la unin entre el interlocutor
y el oyente, incluso cuando se
usa go para el movimiento
en s.
Come to is used to express
reach or arrive at).
- Keep straight on until you come
to a ringroad.
Come to se utiliza para
expresar alcanzar o llegar.
Come from is used (in the
present tense) to express
nationality or origin.
- She comes from Ireland, but her
mothers Welsh.
Se utiliza come from para
expresar origen y nacionalidad.
Ejercicio 75: Corrija las frases que
estn mal.
1. When did you come to live here?
2. Can I go and see you?
3. I want to come and live in Italy.
4. Lets go and see Peter and Dana.
5. Will you all go and see me in hospital?
6. We went to see Peter yesterday, and were
coming again tomorrow.
7. Why dont you come when you know
lunch is ready?
8. We came to Spain for our holidays.
9. Aunts birthdays going so we must
remember to get her a present.
10. The cars going too fast.
Uso de SPEAK y TALK
In British English you
generally say that people speak
or talk TO other people,
even if we are thinking of
conversations. (American
English WITH)
- (on the phone) Can I speak to
Peter?
En ingls britnico se utiliza
speak y talk (hablar) con
to, en ingls americano se usa
with.
There is not a completely clear
difference between speak and
talk. Generally, speak is more
formal.
- Can the baby talk yet?
- Ill have to speak to my boss about
this matter.
La diferencia entre speak y
talk no est muy clara, pero
speak es ms formal.
Talk usually suggests the idea
of a conversational exchange.
Speak can be used to refer to
the use of the language by just
one person.
- Her throat disease has left her
unable to speak.
- After the lecture, tea was served
and people began to talk to one
another.
Talk suele sugerir un
intercambio conversacional
mientras que speak se refiere
al uso del idioma por una sola
persona.
.../...
.../...
Speak (and not usually talk) is
used to refer to knowledge of
languages, and usually also to
the use of languages.
- He speaks four languages fluently.
Se usa speak para referirse al
conocimiento de idiomas.
Ejercicio 76: Complete con speak o
talk en su forma correcta.
1. They were ___________ about their last
holidays.
2. Can I _____________ to you for a
moment about the sports results?
3. After he had read out the letter, there was a
shocked silence. Nobody _____.
4. That woman over there is ___________
_____ Russian.
5. Dont __________ rubbish!
Diferencias entre LAY y LIE
Lay is a regular verb, except for
its spelling. Its forms are: to lay,
laying, laid, laid. It means to
put down carefully, or to put
down flat. It has an object.
I laid the papers out on the desk.
Lay es un verbo regular a
pesar de su ortografa. Sus
formas son: lay, laying, laid
y laid. Significa colocar con
cuidado, poner, tender.
Note the special expressions
to lay a table (= to put plates
etc. on the table) and to lay an
egg (a birds way of having a
baby).
This hen doesnt lay eggs.
Hay dos expresiones especiales:
lay the table (poner la mesa) y
lay an egg (poner un huevo).
Lie is an irregular verb. Its
forms are: to lie, lying, lay, lain.
It means to be down, to be
flat. It has no object.
Dont lie in bed all day. Get up
and do something.
Lie es un verbo irregular. Sus
formas son: lie, lying, lay, lain.
Significa estar liso, no tiene
complemento.
Note that the verb lie meaning
say things that are not true is
regular.
You lied to me when you said you
loved her.
El verbo lie (mentir) es
regular.
Ejercicio 77: Complete con la forma
correcta de uno de estos verbos: lay o lie.
1. _____________ the tent down on the
grass and Ill try to see how to put it up.
2. I threw myself flat and ___________
motionless for three minutes.
3. She cant have told the truth, she must
have been ______________.
4. In summer, Chris loves _____________
on the beach.
5. Who has _______________ the book
on that table?
.../...
INGLS
Diferencias entre DO y MAKE
Explanation Explicacin
To make means produce, whereas to do is
used in a more general sense. On the other hand,
when using to do the action itself is considered
more important whereas when using to make
the result is more important. Besides, both have
idiomatic meanings.
Make signifca ms bien fabricar, do significa
hacer en un sentido ms amplio. Por otro
lado con do la accin en s gana importancia
pero cuando se utiliza make el resultado es
ms importante. Adems, existen expresiones
idiomticas con ambos verbos.
Las expresiones idiomticas ms im-
portantes con estos verbos son:
to do something hacer algo
to do a job hacer un trabajo
to do a favour hacer un favor
to do justice hacer justicia
to do honour hacer honor
to do an exercise hacer un ejercicio
to do the washing hacer la colada
to do the cleaning la limpieza
to do the shopping la compra
to make something fabricar algo
to make a noise hacer un ruido
to make a change hacer un cambio
to make a promise hacer una
promesa
to make friends hacer amistades
to make a plan hacer un plan
to make a journey hacer un viaje
to make a speech hacer un discurso
to make a dress hacer un vestido
to make a mistake cometer una
equivocacin
to make money ganar dinero
Sometimes any of them can be used
without difference in meaning (A veces
se pueden usar indistintamente):
to make/ do the beds hacer las camas
Ejercicio 78: Complete con la for-
ma adecuada de do o make.
1. Could you please ___________ me a
favour?
2. Politicians are always ______ speeches
nobody listens to.
3. I can see you are _________ progress.
4. Ill _________ the shopping if youll
__________ the washing.
5. Eat it up, itll _________ you good.
6. Did you _______ an appointment?
7. Dont ________ a promise if you know
you cant keep it.
8. Im sorry if I________ a mistake. I assure
you I______ my best.
3. Verbos
preposicionales
y frasales
En ingls hay muchos verbos que
constan de dos partes: el verbo + una
preposicin o partcula adverbial.
Los verbos preposicionales constan
de un verbo ms una preposicin. La
preposicin siempre va detrs del objeto
y en las oraciones interrogativas suelen
posicionarse al final.
Los verbos frasales constan de dos
partes: el propio verbo ms una partcula
adverbial.
Muchas veces un verbo frasal tiene el
mismo significado que un verbo normal.
En este caso utilizaremos los verbos frasales
para hablar de una manera ms informal.
find out = discover = descubrir
A continuacin presentamos los
verbos frasales y preposicionales ms
importantes para que el alumno los vaya
utilizando poco a poco en la expresin
escrita. Tambin es conveniente estudiar
estos verbos para afrontar todos los
ejercicios en los que hay que buscar
sinnimos o antnimos. Sin embargo no
se trata de estudiar todos los verbos a
la vez, sino de irlos memorizando poco
a poco con la ayuda de los ejercicios que
proporcionamos al final de la teora.
Verbo Significado Ejemplo
act out actuar
- He acted out the teachers reaction and we all laughed very much. (Imit al
profesor y todos nos reimos mucho)
arrive at llegar
- After many hours talk, the committee arrived to a decision. (Despus de
muchas horas de discusin, el comit lleg a un acuerdo)
ask for pedir
- He was thirsty, so he asked for a glass of water. (Tena sed y pidi un
vaso de agua)
base on
basar
- One should always base ones opinions on facts. (Se debe basar las
opiniones en hechos)
base upon
be about to estar a punto de
- They said they were about to study a skeleton. (Dijeron que estaban a
punto de examinar un esqueleto)
be after desear
- What are you after? - Im after a good job. (Qu deseas? Estoy
buscando un buen trabajo)
be behind retrasar
- The students behind with his work. (El alumno est atrasado con su
trabajo)
be down for inscribir
- Im down for a place at medical school. (Me he inscrito en el colegio
mdico)
be down on disgustar
- Im down on Peter because he told me a lie. (Estoy disgustado con
Peter porque me minti)
.../...
INGLS
be off
salir, estropear,
librar, cancelar
- Im off now, its getting late (Me voy, se est haciendo tarde)
- Ugh! That meats off. (Uf! Esa carne est estropeada)
- The nurse is off at six oclock. (La enfermera libra a las seis)
- The doctors meeting is off until tomorrow. (La reunin del mdico se
aplaza hasta maana)
be on to descubrir
- The student was on to a good thing when he got a research grant. (El
alumno descubri algo bueno cuando le dieron una beca de
investigacin)
be out of
estar fuera,
quedarse sin
- The consultant is out of the country at the moment. (El asesor est fuera
del pas)
- He couldnt finish the experiment as he was out of nitric acid. (No pudo
terminar el experimento porque se qued sin cido)
be out for buscar
- That pretty nurse is out for a good time. (La enfermera linda quiere
pasrselo bien)
be over
haber
terminado
- The worst of the exams are over now, we can relax. (Los peores
examenes han terminado, podemos realajarnos)
be stood
down
estar retirado
- The football player is stood down because of his injury. (El futbolista est
retirado debido a su lesin)
be up
estar levantado,
ocurrir,
terminar
- Is John up yet? (Juan ya se ha levantado?)
- Whats up? (Qu pasa?)
- Hand your exam papers in now, the times up. (Entreguen sus
examenes ahora, el tiempo ha terminado)
be up
against
estar
confrontado
- Im up against a difficult problem. (Afronto un problema muy
complicado)
be up and
about
recuperar
- Mrs Brown is up and about again after her operation. (La seora Brown
se ha recuperado de su operacin)
be up to
hacer, estar en
condiciones,
depender
- What are you up to? (Qu haces?)
- Are you up to the long journey after your illness? (Despus de tu
enfermedad, ests en condiciones para el largo viaje?)
- Its up to you to decide, its your life. (La decisin depende de t, es tu vida)
become of pasar
- I dont know what will become of the boy if he keeps failing his
examinations. (No s que ser del nio si sigue suspendiendo sus
exmenes)
believe in creer - Christians believe in Jesus. (Los cristianos creen en Jess)
.../...
.../...
belong to
pertenecer, ser
miembro
- That dictionary belongs to me. (Este diccionario me pertenece)
- What party do you belong to? (De qu partido eres?)
blow up explotar - They will blow up the bridge. (Volarn el puente)
boil down
reducir
(lquido)
dejndolo
hervir
- Put a lot of the vegetable in the pan because it boils down. (Pon mucha
verdura en la olla porque se reduce)
book in
reservar,
facturar
- Ive booked you in at the Devon Hotel. (Te he hecho una reserva en el
Hotel Devon)
- This customer booked in after midnight. (Este cliente factur despus
de medianoche)
break down
romper, averiar,
colapsar
- Smoke was coming out of the ward so he broke down the door to rescue the
patients. (Sala humo de la sala del hospital por lo que rompi la
puerta para rescatar a los pacientes)
- The ambulance broke down on the way to the accident. (La ambulancia se
averi cuando iba al lugar del accidente)
- The doctor had been working 16 hours a day so he finally broke down. (El
mdico haba estado trabajando 16 horas al da as que finalmente
tuvo un colapso)
break into
interrumpir,
entrar
forzadamente
- She broke into the conversation with urgent news. (Interrumpi la
conversacin con noticias urgentes)
- The poison cupboard was broken in(to) last night. (El armario de los
venenos fue forzado anoche)
break off
separar, romper,
terminar
- He broke off a piece of the bread and threw it to the birds outside the
window. (Parti el pan y tir un trozo por la ventana para los
pjaros)
- The nurse broke off her engagement to the young doctor. (La enfermera
rompi su compromiso con el joven mdico)
break out
escapar,
llenarse, salir /
empezar
- Some of the violent patients broke out of the mental hospital. (Algunos de
los pacientes peligrosos escaparon del manicomio)
- The boy had measles and broke out into spots. (El nio tena sarampin
y le salieron muchos granos)
- The black plague has broken out in America again. (La peste negra ha
vuelto a salir en Amrica)
break
through
aparecer / salir,
abrirse paso
- It was a cloudy day, but the sun broke through at last. (El da estaba
nublado, pero al final sali el sol)
- The sun broke through the clouds. (El sol se abri paso a travs de las
nubes)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
break up
terminar,
romper
- The staff meeting broke up just before lunch. (La reunin del personal
termin justo antes del almuerzo)
- A lot of the furniture was broken up by the violent patients. (Los pacientes
violentos rompieron muchos muebles)
bring back recordar
- Seeing the new-born baby brought back memories of the birth of my own
children. (Ver el recin nacido, me hizo recordar el nacimiento de
mis propias hijas)
bring down reducir, derribar
- They are bringing down the prices in the canteen since the students
complained. (Estn reduciendo/bajando los precios en la cantina
desde que los estudiantes se quejaron)
- The government was brought down by a vote of no confidence.
(Derribaron al gobierno con un voto de no confianza)
bring
forward
adelantar
- The date of the next meeting has been brought forward; it will be held this
week instead of next. (La fecha de la prxima reunin se adelant,
ser est semana y no la prxima)
bring in
ganar,
introducir
- Mrs Browns children now bring in quite a lot of money each week.
(Las nias de la seora Brown ganan bastante dinero todas las
semanas)
- The hippies brought in a new way of dressing. (Los hippys
introdujeron una nueva forma de vestir)
bring on traer, causar
- The cold weather brought cough on old Mr Jones. (Debido al fro, el
seor Jones empez a toser)
bring out
saber, salir,
llenar
- It was very difficult to bring out the point of the story. (Era difcil
entender el tema central de la historia)
- Every time I eat shellfish, it brings me out in spots. (Cada vez que como
marisco, me salen granos)
bring round
reanimar
- Give her some smelling salts, it will bring her round. (Dale unas sales
aromticas para reanimarla)
bring to
bring up
vomitar, educar,
surgir
- She brought up everything she ate. (Devolvi todo lo que comi)
- The children were very well brought up. (Las nias eran muy
educadas)
- The question of the extended visiting hours was brought up at the
committee meeting. (La cuestin de la ampliacin de las horas de
visita surgi en la reunin del comit)
brush up
repasar,
aumentar
- I must brush up my French before going to Paris. (Debo repasar francs
antes de ir a Paris)
.../...
.../...
build in
empotrar - These cupboards are built in. (Estos armarios son empotrados)
build into
build up
aumentar,
construir
- He wanted to win the race so he tried to build up his strength. (Quera
ganar la carrera as que aument su potencia)
- It has become a built-up area. (Se ha convertido en una zona
construida)
bump into
(informal)
tropezar - I bumped into John this morning. (Me cruc con Juan esta maana)
burn down quemar
- The building (was) burnt down and only ashes were left. (El edificio se
quem, solo quedaron cenizas)
burst out estallar - They burst out in laughing. (Se echaron a rer)
buy up comprar todo
- The shop only had this jam every now and then, so when he saw it, he
bought it up. (Esta mermelada slo la hay de vez en cuando en la
tienda, as que cuando la vio, compr todas las existencias)
call back volver
- Mr Allen is asked to call back in person. (El seor Allen debe volver
en persona)
call for recoger - Ill call for you at 8 oclock tonight. (Te recoger a las ocho esta noche)
call off anular, cancelar
- He called the appointment off because he was ill. (Anul la cita porque
estaba enfermo)
call on visitar
- He called on all the doctors in the district with medical samples. (Visit a
todos los mdicos del distrito con muestras de medicina)
call out gritar, llamar
- He called out to attract her attention. (Grit para llamar su atencin)
- Doctors are frequently called out in the middle of the night.
(Frecuentemente se les llama a los mdicos por la noche)
call up
llamar,
telefonear
The students were called up for the Army. (Llamaron a los alumnos a
filas). She called me up at ten oclock. (Me llam a las diez)
carry on seguir
- I must have enough money to let me carry on writing. (Necesito dinero
suficiente para poder seguir escribiendo)
catch up
with
alcanzar
- Tom is a slow runner but he always tries to catch up with the leader.
(Toms corre despacio pero siempre intenta alcanzar al primero)
check in facturar
- When I came to the airport, I went to the check-in desk to hand in
my cases. (Cuando llegu al aeropuerto, fui al mostrador de
facturacin para entregar mis maletas)
.../...
INGLS
clear up
recoger,
despejarse,
aclarar
- After the children had played, they cleared up the mess. (Despus de
haber jugado, las nias recogieron)
- The storm was over and the clouds went away , so it was clearing up. (La
tormenta haba pasado, las nubes se fueron; despej)
- When I telephoned Peter, he didnt get me, so I had to clear the
misunderstanding up, when I met him. (Cuando llam a Pedro, no me
entendi as que tuve que aclarar el malentendido cuando le vi).
come about suceder
- He could not see how he had made such a mistake - he didnt know how
it had come about. (No entenda cmo haba podido cometer tal
error, no saba cmo haba sucedido)
come across
encontrar,
encontrarse
- He came across his old medical books in the cupboard. (Encontr sus
antiguos libros de medicina en el armario)
come along
avanzar,
mejorar, llegar,
seguir
- After a three-hour walk we had come along ten miles. (Despus de
andar tres horas, habamos avanzado diez millas)
- After her operation shes coming along very well. (Despus de la
operacin est progresando / mejorando mucho)
- I came along and when I saw your car outside, I decided to drop in. (Llegu
y cuando vi tu coche fuera, decid entrar)
- That man has been coming along since I left home, I dont know what he
wants. (Ese hombre me est siguiendo desde que sal de casa, no
s lo que quiere)
come away apartarse - Come away at once, its dangerous. (Aprtate en seguida, es peligroso)
come back volver, recordar
- He came back later than usual and found the house empty. (Volvi ms
tarde de lo normal y la casa estaba vaca)
- When she looked at the patient, it came back to her where she had seen
him before. (Cuando mir el paciente, record dnde lo haba visto
antes)
come down bajar - He came down the stairs at a run. (Baj las escaleras corriendo)
come in for tener derecho a
- After her mothers death she came in for 50% of the company. (Despus
de la muerte de su madre tena derecho al 50% de la empresa)
come into heredar
- Hes very lucky. Hell come into a lot of money when his father dies. (Es
muy afortunado. Heredar mucho dinero cuando se muera su
padre)
come off
tener xito,
quitarse
- Your plan didnt come off after all. (Despus de todo tu plan no tuvo
xito)
- Oh dear, the handles come off in my hand. (Qu pena!, se ha quitado
el asa)
.../...
come on crecer
- How are your tomatoes growing? - Well, theyre coming on nicely.
(Cmo crecen tus tomates? - Crecen muy bien)
come on in entrar
- Its Mr Green. - Oh! Come on in! (Soy el seor Green. - Ah!
Pase)
come out salir, quitarse
- The truth will come out, you cant conceal it. (La verdad saldr, no
puedes ocultarla)
- I put my skirt in cold water and the stain came out . (Met mi falda en agua
fra y se quit la mancha)
come out
with
salir
- He came out with a very strange explanation. (Sali con una
explicacin muy extraa)
come over
visitar,
encontrar
- Come over for a drink on Sunday. (Psate el domingo para tomar una
copa)
- She came over some old love letters while she was cleaning the desk.
(Encontr unas viejas cartas de amor mientras estaba limpiando el
escritorio)
come round
come round
reanimarse,
volver en s
- When she came round, she found herself in hospital. (Cuando volvi en
s, estaba en el hospital)
come to
come up surgir
- The increase in student grants came up at the meeting today. (En la
reunin de hoy surgi el tema del aumento de las becas)
come up to
igualar /
alcanzar
- Youll have to work harder; your work doesnt come up to the required
standard. (Tendrs que esforzarte ms, tu trabajo no alcanza el
nivel necesario)
come up
with
tener - Hes always coming up with good ideas. (Siempre tiene buenas ideas)
cope with poder
- I couldnt cope with my sons bad behaviour. (No poda con el mal
comportamiento de mi hijo)
count on contar con
- Everyone can usually count on ones mother for a lifetime.
(Normalmente todo el mundo puede contar con su madre toda la
vida)
count
(someone)
out
excluir
- I think its better to count Peter out, he is always very aggressive. (Creo que
es mejor excluir a Pedro, siempre es muy agresivo)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
cut back reducir
- The factory has cut back its work force by 50%. (La fbrica ha reducido
la mano de obra en un 50%)
cut down reducir
- We have to cut down our monthly expenses or we cant afford a holiday.
(Tenemos que reducir nuestros gastos mensuales o no nos
podemos ir de vacaciones)
cut in
interrumpir,
colarse
- He cut in the conversation, because there was some urgent news.
(Interrumpi la conversacin porque haba noticias urgentes)
- If the bus driver hadnt cut in between the two cars, the accident wouldnt
have happened. (Si el conductor del autobs no se hubiera colado
entre los dos coches, el accidente no hubiera pasado)
cut off cortar
- If the telephone bill is not paid engineers cut the phone or the subscriber off.
(Si no se paga la factura del telfono, los tcnicos cortan la lnea)
cut off from
aislarse,
distanciarse
- When they moved to the hut in the middle of the forest, they were cut off from
the rest of the world. (Cuando se mudaron a la cabaa en medio del
bosque, se aislaron del resto del mundo)
cut out excluir, recortar
- The editor had to cut out several articles because of lack of space. (La
editora tuvo que excluir varios artculos por falta de espacio)
deal with tratar con
- Last summer we had to deal with many financial problems because there
wasnt enough sale. (El verano pasado tuvimos que tratar con muchos
problemas econmicos porque no hubo venta suficiente)
decide on decidirse por
- Faced with two alternatives, they decided on one. (Afrontado con dos
alternativas, se decidieron por una)
do away
with
deshacerse de,
abolir
Finally they did away with the law that black people werent allowed to
get on buses. (Por fin abolieron la ley que prohiba a las personas
negras subirse en autobses)
do up
ponerse,
abrochar
- My little son still doesnt know to do his trousers up. (Mi hijo pequeo no
sabe ponerse los pantalones)
do with sentar bien
- On a hot day you could say: I could do with a cold drink. (Un da
caluroso se podra decir: Una bebida fra me sentara bien.)
do without prescindir de
- We could all do without higher prices. (Todos podramos prescindir de
precios ms altos)
draw up elaborar
- The police should draw up better plans to catch more terrorists. (La polica
debera elaborar planes mejores para coger ms terroristas)
drop in visitar
- I didnt know Charles was in London, so I was quite surprised when he
dropped in on me last weekend. (No saba que Carlos estaba en Londres
as que estuve bastante sorprendida cuando me visit el fin de
semana pasada)
drop out abandonar
- The adolescent dropped out of college. (El adolescente abandon el
instituto)
.../...
.../...
dry up secar
- When youve just washed up, you dry up. (Si acabas de fregar los
platos, scalos)
end up terminar
- If criminals are not careful, they end up in prison. (Si los criminales no
tienen cuidado, terminarn en la crcel)
face up to
dar la cara,
reconocer
- He had to face up to his bad exam results and study a lot for the final
exams. (Tena que reconocer sus malos resultados en los exmenes
y estudiar mucho para los exmenes finales)
fall over caerse
- Dont put the vase there, it will fall over. (No pongas el florero all, se
caer)
fall through fracasar - His plans had fallen through. (Sus planes fracasaron)
feel up to
tener ganas de,
apetecer
- Im very tired, I feel up to a nice cup of tea. (Estoy muy cansada, me
apetece tomar una taza de t)
fill in rellenar
- When you fill in a form, you fill your name etc. in. (Cuando rellanas un
formulario, lo completas con tu nombre, etc.)
find out averiguar
- You find out what time it is by looking at your watch. (Averiguas la hora
que es mirando el reloj)
fit in with
hacer juego,
encajar
- The job should not fit in with his plans, as he had already arranged to stay in
the South. (Este trabajo no encajara con sus planes porque ya haba
organizado su estancia en el Sur)
get about
moverse,
circular
- Although Mr Browns over eighty, he still manages to get about. (Aunque
el seor Brown tiene ms de ochenta aos, an logra moverse
[viajar])
- Somehow the news got about that he was dying but its not true. (De
alguna manera circulaba la noticia de que se estaba muriendo,
pero no es cierto)
get across explicar
- Professor Smith knew his subject well enough but he couldnt get his ideas
across to his students. El Profesor Smith conoca su asignatura muy
bien, pero no poda explicar sus ideas a sus alumnos)
get ahead avanzar
- Hes a very bright boy, hes sure to get ahead in his job. (Es un chico
muy listo, seguro que avanza en su trabajo)
get away
escapar,
marcharse
- The prisoner got away from his guards. (El prisionero se escap de sus
guardianes)
- I have to get away, because my train leaves in a minute. (Me tengo que
marchar porque mi tren sale en un minuto)
get away
with
no juzgar
- That mans so plausible, he gets away with murder. (Ese hombre es tan
convincente que no se le juzgar por asesinato)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
get back
volver,
recuperar
- The doctor had a lot of calls to make and didnt get back until tea time. (El
mdico tena que hacer muchas llamadas y no volvi hasta la hora
del t)
- I finally got my text book back after two months. (Despus de dos
meses recuper por fin mi libro de texto)
get behind retrasarse
- He was unable to finish his work on time and got behind. (Era incapaz
de terminar su trabajo a tiempo y se retras)
get by arreglrselas
- They may be poor, but they have enough money to get by. (Puede que
sean muy pobres, pero tienen dinero suficiente para arreglrselas)
get down bajar la moral
- These examinations are getting me down. (Estos exmenes me bajan la
moral)
get down to ponerse a
- After thinking about the topic for some time, I got down to writing the
essay. (Despus de pensar en el tema durante un tiempo, me puse
a escribir la redaccin)
get hold of
conseguir,
comunicar
- Ann and Jim got hold of the cottage by managing to book it. (Anna y Jim
consiguieron la casa de campo porque lograron hacer la reserva)
- I had been trying for twenty minutes, when at least I got hold of Tom in the office.
(Llevaba intentndolo veinte minutos cuando por fin logr comunicar
con Toms en la oficina)
get in llegar - The train got in at ten oclock. (El tren lleg a las diez)
get in touch
with
ponerse en
contacto con
uno
- After 20 years out of school, it would be nice to get in touch with my
old classmates. (A los 20 aos de haber salido del colegio, sera
agradable ponerme en contacto con mis viejos compaeros)
get off
bajar, escapar,
salir
- She got off the bus at the stop near the supermarket. (Se baj del autobs
cerca del supermercado)
- The accused got off with a warning as it was his first offence. (El acusado
escap con una multa porque era su primera infraccin)
- She got off from work early as she a hospital appointment. (Sali del trabajo
temprano porque tena una cita en el hospital)
get on
progresar,
subirse
- How is Mr Brown getting on? He had a very nasty operation. (Cmo
sigue [progresa] el seor Brown? Tuvo una operacin muy
desagradable)
- We managed to get on the bus just as it was starting. (Logramos
subirnos al autobs justo cuando estaba saliendo)
get on with
llevarse
- That boy gets on well with all the other children. (Ese chico se lleva
muy bien con todos los dems nios)
get along
with
.../...
.../...
get out bajar, conocerse
- I want to get out at the next stop. (Quiero bajarme en la prxima
parada)
- I dont know how the news of nurse Greens engagement got out. (No
s cmo se conoci la noticia del compromiso de la enfermera
Green)
get out of liberarse
- I managed to get out of going to the theatre this evening. (Logr
liberarme de ir al teatro esta noche)
get over
sobrevivir,
acabar con
- He got over a bad heart attack but still feels weak. (Sobrevivi a un
ataque al corazn pero an se siente dbil)
get over
with
- I have to take some tests tomorrow; I shall be glad to get them over or: to get
over with them. (Maana tengo que hacer algunos exmenes; estar
contenta de acabar con ellos)
get rid of deshacerse de
- He was a nuisance, that is why I was happy to get rid of him. (Es un
pesado, por eso fui feliz cuando me deshice de l)
get round
convencer,
evitar
- She generally gets her husband round when she wants a new dress.
(Normalmente convence a su marido cuando quiere un vestido
nuevo)
- We could get round the difficulty by inviting them all. (Pudimos evitar la
dificultad invitndolos a todos)
get round to ponerse a
- Ill get round to ironing after Ive finished the washing. (Me pondr a
planchar despus de haber terminado la colada)
get through
acabar,
pasar, tener
comunicacin
- He had so much work that he would never get through it. (Tena tanto
trabajo que nunca lo acabara)
- He worked very hard and managed to get through the finals. (Trabaj muy
duro y logr pasar los exmenes finales)
- There was something wrong with the line and I couldnt get through.
(Algo iba mal con las lneas y no pude comunicar)
get together reunir
- At Christmas all my family get together at my grandmothers. (En
Navidades toda mi familia se reune en casa de mi abuela)
get up levantarse
- Some of the nurses have to get up very early in the morning. (Algunas de
las enfermeras se tienen que levantar muy temprano)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
give away
dar, hacer
pblico
- He didnt want his old text books so he gave them away. (No quera sus
viejos libros de texto as que los di)
- She gave away the secret. (Hizo el secreto pblico)
give back devolver
- I must give back the money I borrowed. (Debo devolver el dinero que
ped prestado)
give in
entregar, dejarse
convencer
- Times up. You must give in your examination papers now. (Termin el
tiempo. Debis entregar los exmenes ahora)
- He didnt want to go to the dance, but his girlfriend was so persuasive that he gave
in. (l no quera ir al baile pero su novia era tan persuasiva que se dej
convencer)
give off desprender
- These flowers give off a nice smell. (Estas flores desprenden un olor
agradable)
give out
emitir,
anunciar,
repartir
- The UFO was giving out very strange signals. (Este OVNI estaba
emitiendo seales muy raras)
- The winners name of the medical research grant will be given out at six
oclock. (El nombre del ganador de la beca de investigacin mdica
se anunciar a las seis)
- The nurse gave out the pills to the patients. (La enfermera reparti las
pastillas a los pacientes)
give up
darse por
vencido,
entregarse,
dejar
- You must never give up. If you dont succeed at first, you must try again.
(Nunca debes darte por vencida. Si no sale bien a la primera,
debes intentarlo otra vez)
- The escaped prisoner gave himself up to the police. (El prisionero
escapado se entreg)
- He gave up smoking on his doctors advice. (Sigui el consejo de su
mdico y dej de fumar)
go ahead ir por delante
- He went ahead and found a path through the forest. (Iba por delante y
encontr un camino a travs del bosque)
go against desobedecer
- He is a very naughty boy, he always goes against what his father says. (Es
un chico muy travieso, siempre desobedece a su padre)
go away marcharse, salir
- Go away and leave me alone! (Vete y djame sola!)
- Are you going away this year? (Te vas esta ao [de vacaciones]?)
go back retroceder
- Go back! Its dangerous to step forward! (Retroceda! Es peligroso dar
un paso adelante)
go by pasar
- Many years have gone by since I first practised medicine. (Han pasado
muchos aos desde que soy mdico en ejercicio)
.../...
.../...
go down
hundirse,
ponerse, perder
/ reducir
- The sea was so rough that the ship went down almost immediately. (La
marejada era tan fuerte que el barco se hundi casi de forma
inmediata)
- In the summer you can sometimes see the moon come up as the sun goes
down. (En verano a veces se ve la luna salir cuando el sol se pone)
- She was very ill and her weight went down dramatically. (Estuvo muy
enferma y perdi peso de forma dramtica)
go down
with
coger
- There was an epidemic of measels in the childrens ward and most of them
went down with it. (Haba una epidemia de sarampin en la sala de los
nios [en el hospital infantil] y la mayora lo cogi)
go for disfrutar
- She goes for football and every Saturday she goes to the stadium. (Disfruta
del ftbol y todos las sbados va al estadio)
go in for
entrar, estar
interesado
- Hes very bright, and he goes in for all the competitions). (Es muy listo y
entra en todos los concursos)
- Mr Brown goes in for cooking special slimming food. (El seor Brown
est interesado en preparar comida de adelgazamiento)
go into investigar
- Weve gone into this matter seriously but we still cant find an answer.
(Investigamos este asunto en serio pero an no podemos
encontrar una respuesta)
go off
explotar, ser
un xito,
estropearse,
pasarse
- The bomb went off in the nurses home. (La bomba explot en la casa
de las enfermeras)
- The party went off well, they all enjoyed themselves. (La fiesta fue un
xito, todos se divertieron)
- That meat smells terrible; it must have gone off. (Esa carne huele fatal;
se debe haber estropeado)
go on
pasar a otro
punto, ocurrir,
pasar
- He finished his speech and then went on to answer some questions.
(Termin su discurso y pas a contestar algunas preguntas)
- Whatevers going on here? The place looks like a pig sty. (Qu diablos
pasa aqu? Parece una pocilga)
go on about
continuar
(hablando de
algo)
- Peter loves football, he would go on talking about it for hours. (A Pedro le
encanta el ftbol, continuara hablando de l durante horas)
go on with
seguir con lo
mismo
- You must go on with the treatment, its doing you good. (Debes seguir
con el tratamiento, te sienta bien)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
go out
salir, bajar
apagarse, pasar
de moda
- Im going out now, hold the dog please. (Salgo ahora, agarra al perro,
por favor)
- The tide goes out at ten oclock and wont come in again until four oclock . (La
marea baja a las diez y no sube antes de las cuatro)
- The candle went out in the draught from the door. (La vela se apag por
la corriente que lleg de la puerta)
- The skirt is very cheap, but Im sure its going out. (Esta falda es muy
barata, pero estoy segura de que pasa de moda)
go over repasar
- He went over his lesson again to make the facts sure. (Repas su clase de
nuevo para asegurar los hechos)
go round
ser suficiente
para todos
- Is there enough coffee to go round, or shall I make some more? (Hay caf
para todos o queris que haga ms?)
go through
pasar, sufrir,
examinar
- You cant imagine what I had to go through when I had my second
operation. (No te puedes imaginar lo que sufr cuando me
operaron por segunda vez)
- Well go through the questions again and you can see where you went
wrong. (Examinaremos las preguntas otra vez y podrs ver en qu
fallaste)
go up
subir, explotar,
ser construido
- Petrol prices will go up again next week. (Los precios de la gasolina
subirn de nuevo la semana que viene)
- A bomb went up in Central London yesterday. (Explot una bomba en
el centro de Londres ayer)
- This bridge is going up very quickly. (Construyen este puente muy
rpido)
go with hacer juego con - Cups go with saucers. (Las tazas hacen juego con los platillos)
go without prescindir de
- She doesnt like sweet things, she can go without sugar for a week. (No le
gustan los dulces, ella puede prescindir de azcar una semana)
grow up crecer, criarse
- He is a very intelligent boy, he must have grown up in a highly educated
family. (Es un nio muy inteligente, debe haberse criado en una
familia muy educada)
hand in entregar
- At the end of an examination you hand in your papers. (Al final de un
examen se deben entregar los documentos)
hand over
ceder, entregar,
dar
- The bank-robber wanted the cashier to hand the money over. (El
atracador de banco quera que el cajero le entregara el dinero)
hang up colgar
- At the end of a telephone conversation you hang up. (Al terminar una
conversacin por telfono, se cuelga)
hear about or hablar de
- I heard about the accident that happened last night. (O hablar del
accidente que pas anoche)
.../...
.../...
hear of
saber de
(alguien)
- I heard of him before I met him. (Saba de l antes de conocerlo en
persona)
hold on esperar
- Tell him to hold on, Im on my way. (Dile que espere, voy de
camino)
hold up atrasar, retener - A delay held the contest up. (Un retraso retuvo la prueba)
hurry up darse prisa - Hurry up or well miss the train! (Date prisa o perderemos el tren)
join in incorporarse
- The child found it difficult to join in the games, because the others didnt
like him. (Era difcil para el nio incorporarse a los juegos, porque
no le gustaba a los dems)
keep up
mantener,
conservar
- Sarah went swimming twice a week to keep up her from. (Sara fue a
natacin dos veces en semana para mantenerse en forma)
knock down
atropellar
- A car knocked down a person in an accident yesterday. (Un coche
atropell a una persona en un accidente ayer)
knock over
knock out
dejar sin
sentido
- A heavy blow, especially on the head, might knock him out. (Un golpe
fuerte, especialmente en la cabeza, puede dejarle sin sentido)
know of saber de
- Eds father knew of a good teacher although he had never met him. (El padre
de Ed saba de un buen profesor aunque nunca lo haba visto)
leave out omitir
- If a point should have been included in a report, but was not, the writer
left out that point. (Un apartado debera haber sido incluido en un
informe, pero no fue as, el autor lo omiti)
let back dejar volver
- I let my son back earlier, because he had a terrible headache. (Dej que
mi hijo volviera antes porque le dola mucho la cabeza)
let down
decepcionar,
defraudar
- Shes very upset because her best friend let her down. (Est muy molesta
porque su mejor amiga la defraud)
let in hacer pasar - Open the door and let me in. (Abre la puerta y djame pasar)
let off
dejar libre,
escapar, pasar
por alto
- As it was his first offence the magistrate let him off with a fine. (Como
era su primera infraccin, el juez de primera instancia lo dej en una
multa)
let out dejar salir
- A person who keeps pets might let out a cat at night. (Alguin que tiene
mascotas, puede que deje salir un gato por la noche)
let through filtrar
- The roof of the old house let water through. (El agua se filtra por el
tejado de la vieja casa)
let up parar - At last the rain let up. (Por fin dej de llover)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
lie behind estar detrs
- An explanation of some kind lies behind something confusing. (Detrs de
alguna confusin hay una explicacin)
light up
iluminarse,
encender
- The womans eyes lit up because she was excited. (Los ojos de la mujer
se iluminaron porque estaba muy emocionada)
- You can light up a cigarette. (Puede encender un cigarro)
line up
alinear, ponerse
en fila
- People line up when they queue for something. (La gente se pone en fila
cuando hacen cola para algo)
long for anhelar
- In summer children long for ice-creams. (En verano los nios anhelan los
helados)
look after cuidar a - A babysitter looks after children. (Un canguro cuida a nios)
look down
on
despreciar
- As he was very rich, he looked down on his neighbours who had only one
car. (Como era muy rico, despreciaba a sus vecinos que tenan
slo un coche)
look for buscar
- Sam had been looking for Ann in the fitness centre, but she was having a
shower. (Sam haba estado buscando a Ana en el gimnasio, pero se
estaba duchando)
look
forward to
esperar con
ilusin
- People who work hard during the year look forward to their holidays. (Las
personas que trabajan duro durante el ao esperan sus vacaciones
con ilusin)
look in
echar un
vistazo, entrar
un momento,
visitar
- The people looked in to see if everything was all right. (La gente ech un
vistazo para ver si todo estaba en orden)
- Some people look in at a bar on their way home from work. (Algunas
personas entran un momento en un bar cuando se van del trabajo
a casa)
- Look in on Mr Jones on your way home; he may need help. (Visita al [psate
por casa del] seor Jones cuando vuelvas, puede que necesite ayuda)
look into investigar
- The police had to look into the case before they could decide who had
committed the crime. (La polica tuvo que investigar el caso antes de
poder decidir quin haba cometido el crimen)
look out tener cuidado
- Be careful!: Look out where you are going or you might fall. (Ten
cuidado! Mira [con cuidado] por dnde vas, te podras caer)
look out for
buscar, estar
atento
While you are checking an essay you look out for mistakes. (Mientras
ests revisando una redaccin buscas errores)
look over
mirar por todas
partes
- You look over a house if you want to inspect it before buying. (Se mira
una casa por todas partes si se quiere inspeccionarla antes de
comprarla)
.../...
.../...
look round echar un vistazo
- You look round a shop before you buy anything. (Se echa un vistazo por
una tienda antes de comprar algo)
look
through
leer por encima
- Look through this book and tell me what you think. (Lete este libro
por encima y me dices lo que opinas)
look up buscar, visitar
- If you dont know the meaning of a word, you look it up in a dictionary.
(Si no se sabe el significado de una palabra, se busca en el
diccionario)
- Please look me up when you come to Oxford. (Por favor, ven a verme
cuando ests en Oxford)
look up to admirar
- Being the second child of three, he tends to look up to his elder brother and
down on his younger sister. (Siendo el segundo hijo de tres, suele
admirar a su hermano mayor y despreciar a su hermana ms
pequea)
make for ir a
- I got lost when I was making for the airport. (Me perd cuando iba al
aeropuerto)
make of explicar
- What do you make of this? I cant make anything of it at all. (Cmo te
explicas esto? No me lo puedo explicar)
make off salir corriendo
- He was very unhappy and made off from home. (Era muy infeliz y sali
corriendo de casa)
make out
entender,
reconocer
- He speaks very badly; I cant make out what hes saying. (Habla muy mal, no
entiendo lo que dice)
- The fog was very thick and I couldnt make out what was coming towards
me. (La niebla era muy densa y no pude reconocer lo que vena
hacia m)
make up
inventar, pintar,
decidirse,
reconciliarse,
preparar
- Hes a terrible liar, hes always making up stories. (Es un mentiroso,
siempre se inventa historias)
- Most girls make up their faces nowadays. (Hoy da la mayora de las
nias se pintan)
- Make up your mind! (Decdete!)
- The two friends made it up and went out. (Los dos amigos hicieron las
paces y se marcharon)
- Take this prescription to the chemists and get it made up. (Lleva esta
receta a la farmacia para que te la preparen)
make up for recompensar
- Youre very late, now well have to work hard to make up for lost time.
(Llegas muy tarde, ahora tendremos que trabajar muy duro para
reponer el tiempo perdido)
be made
up of
hecho de,
consistir
- This cake is made up of sugar, flour, eggs and milk. (Esta tarta est
hecha de azcar, harina, huevos y leche)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
mistake for confundir con
- The teacher mistook Robert for Stephen. (La profesora confundi
Roberto con Esteban)
move in(to) mudarse a
- When you buy or begin to rent a house, you move into it. (Cuando se
compra o se arrienda una casa, se muda a ella)
open up abrir
- The invention of aeroplanes opened up new possibilities for travel. (El
invento de los aviones abri nuevas posibilidades de viajar)
pass away fallecer
- Her grandfather was very old when he passed away. (Su abuelo era muy
mayor cuando se muri)
pass down pasar
- Many old traditional songs have been passed down from generation to
generation. (Muchas canciones tradicionales se han pasado de
generacin a generacin)
pass out desmayarse
- It smelled so bad in that room that the pregnant woman passed out.
(Ola tan mal en aquella habitacin que la mujer embarazada se
desmay)
pass over
ignorar, omitir,
dejar fuera
- The child was new in class so she was passed over when the teacher read the list.
(La nia era nueva en la clase, as que la profesora la ignor cuando
pas lista)
pass round hacer circular
- Make this report pass round all the new teachers! (Haz que todos los
profesores nuevos vean este informe)
pass
through
pasar por
- We didnt see much of Munich as we were only passing through. (No
vimos mucho de Munich, slo estuvimos de paso)
pass up no aprovechar
- We were stupid, we didnt pass up the fact of having a friend in the
reunion. (Fuimos estpidos, no aprovechamos el hecho de tener
una amiga en la reunin)
pick on criticar
- Paul was always blamed for any bad behaviour in the classroom; the
teacher always picked on him. (Pablo siempre tena la culpa de
cualquier mal comportamiento en clase, la profesora siempre le
criticaba)
pick out escoger
- The person in the shop has to pick out the slice of bread with margarine on it.
(La persona en la tienda tiene que escoger la rebanada de pan con
mantequilla)
pick
through
examinar
- As the teacher did not like that student, he really picked through his exam
to find more mistakes. (Como el alumno no le caa bien al profesor,
realmente examinaba su examen para encontrar ms fallos)
to pick up recoger
My friend always picks me up at half past eleven. (Mi amigo me recoge
siempre a las siete y media)
point out sealar
- May I point out that if we do not hurry, we shall miss the bus? (Puedo
sealar que si no nos damos prisa, perderemos el autobs?)
.../...
.../...
pour in entrar a chorros
- The water poured into the boat. (El agua entraba a chorros en la
barca)
pull oneself
together
aunar esfuerzos
- After going through a period of illness, a person could pull herself together
and help herself to get better. (Despus de una enfermedad una
persona debe aunar esfuerzos y mejorar)
put across
explicar
- He put the point across very well and everybody agreed with him.
(Explic el tema muy bien y todos estaban de acuerdo)
put over
to put away ordenar
- After playing, the children put all their toys away. (Despus de jugar los
nios ordenan sus juguetes)
put back
devolver,
retrasar
- He put the pills back in the tube after he had counted them. (Volvi a
meter las pastillas en el tubo [caja] despus de contarlas)
- The fire in the factory has put production back. (El fuego en la fbrica ha
retrasado la produccin)
put by ahorrar
- Her mother had put by enough money for an emergency. (Su madre
haba ahorrado dinero para una emergencia)
put down
sofocar, apuntar,
explicar
- The revolution was put down by the military forces. (La revolucin fue
sofocada por las fuerzas militares)
- Susan always puts down everything she has to do the next day, as not
to forget it. (Susana se apunta todo lo que tiene que hacer el da
siguiente para que no se le olvide)
- My mother put my sadness down to the fact that I had become unemployed.
(Mi madre atribua mi tristeza a mi desempleo)
put forward proponer
- Sam put the idea forward to meet again in a weeks time. (Sam propuso
la idea de reunirse de nuevo dentro de una semana)
put in entregar, pasar
- He put in a claim for overtime. (Puso una demanda por horas extras)
- House doctors often put in twelve hours work a day. (Los mdicos de
familia a menudo se dedican doce horas diarias al trabajo)
put off
posponer,
apagar
- As the manager was ill, the meeting had to be put off till the other week.
(Como el jefe estaba enfermo, la reunin se tuvo que posponer a
la otra semana)
- Before going to bed, you should put all the lights off. (Antes de ir a la
cama, deberas apagar todas las luces)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
put on
vestir, encender,
poner, fingir
- On Sunday I usually put a dress on. (El domingo me suelo poner un
vestido)
- When Peter comes home in the evening, he puts the radio on. (Cuando Pedro
llega a casa por la tarde, enciende la radio)
- Shes much fatter, I wonder how much weight shes put on. (Est mucho
ms gorda, me pregunto cmo ha puesto tanto peso)
- Although he was divorced, he put on an attitude of a married man.
(Aunque estaba divorciado, actuaba como si estuviese casado)
put out apagar, ofender
- Luckily, the firemen were able to put out the fire quickly and there wasnt
much damage. (Afortunadamente los bomberos pudieron apagar el
fuego rpidamente y no hubo muchos daos)
- The students were put out when the demonstration was cancelled. (Los
estudiantes estaban enfadados cuando se cancel la manifestacin)
put through conectar, poner
- Hold on, Im trying to put you through with / to Mr Newman. (Espere,
estoy intentando pasarle con el seor Newman).
put up
subir, elevar,
acomodar
- They are going to put up the bread. (Subir el pan)
- A temporary structure was put up for the exhibition. (Elevaron una
estructura provisional para la exposicin)
- When we have a party, I can put up ten people in my house. (Cuando
tenemos una fiesta, puedo acomodar a diez personas en mi casa)
put up with aguantar
- Mary cant put up with people who eat with their hands. (Mara no
aguanta a gente que come con las manos)
read out leer en voz alta
- Teacher: Peter, read the paragraph out. (Profesora: Pedro, lee el
prrafo en voz alta)
ring back volver a llamar
- Mr Miller isnt in. Can you ring back later? (El seor Miller no est.
Podra volver a llamar ms tarde?)
run into toparse con
- Yesterday I run into an unforeseen problem. (Ayer me top con un
problema imprevisto)
run out of quedarse sin - We are running out of time. (Nos estamos quedando sin tiempo)
run over atropellar - He was run over by a bus. (Fue atropellado por un autobs)
run through repasar
- We were short of time at the meeting, so we only ran through the last
points. (No quedamos cortos de tiempo en la reunin, as que slo
repasamos los ltimos puntos)
run up
hacer
rpidamente,
acumular
- My sister is a wonderful tailor, the other day she ran up a dress in two
hours. (Mi hermana es una sastre maravillosa, el otro da se hizo
un vestido en dos horas)
- Tom run up his debts to $500. (Toms acumul 500 $ de deudas)
.../...
.../...
run up
against
encontrarse
con, tropezar
- Pat was going to arrive on time but she run up against a traffic jam. (Patri iba a
llegar a tiempo pero se encontr con un atasco)
see off despedir
- Yesterday Peter saw his friend off at the station. (Ayer Pedro despidi a
su amigo en la estacin)
see to encargarse de
- If I see to getting the car out, will you see to closing the windows? (Si
yo me encargo de sacar el coche, te encargas t de cerrar las
ventanas?)
send away
for
despachar
por, pedir por
correo
- I couldnt get this kind of lamp in town, so I sent away for it. (No pude
comprar este tipo de lmpara en la ciudad, as que lo ped por
correo)
send for hacer llamar
- If there is an accident you send for an ambulance. (Si hay un accidente,
se hace llamar a una ambulancia)
set about empezar
- After lunch we set about cleaning the car. (Despus del almuerzo nos
pusimos a limpiar el coche)
set back retrasar, costar
- She was making good progress, but bad news from home set her back
several weeks. (Estaba avanzando bien, pero las malas noticias de su
casa le retrasaron varias semanas)
- Buying a new car set us back several hundreds of pounds. (Comprar un
coche nuevo nos cost cientos de libras)
set in establecerse
- It looks as if rain has set in for the day. (Parece que la lluvia se ha
establecido para el da)
set off salir, empezar
- Ill set off to America tomorrow early in the morning. (Me voy a Amrica
temprano maana por la maana)
- His decision to close the hospital set off a series of protest meetings. (Su
decisin de cerrar el hospital desencaden una serie de reuniones
de protesta)
set out
Intentar,
disponer,
exponer
- This article sets out to explain the reason for the hospital closing. (Este
artculo intenta explicar la razn del cierre del hospital)
- I wanted to buy everything in the shop because the goods were so
attractively set out. (Quera comprar todo en la tienda porque los
productos estaban expuestos de forma muy atractiva)
set up arreglar, instalar
- If you want to have a party tomorrow you will have to set up the living
room. (Si maana quieres hacer una fiesta, tendrs que arreglar el
saln)
- If I had enough money, I would set up TV by satellite. (Si tuviera
dinero suficiente, instalara televisin por satlite)
set upon atacar
- In the discussion Peter suddenly set upon his friend Charles because of a
political opinion. (Durante la discusin Pedro de repente atac a su
amigo Carlos por una opinin poltica)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
settle down
establecerse,
acomodarse
- At a concert, the musicians do not start playing until the audience has
settled down. (En un concierto los msicos no empiezan a tocar
hasta que el pblico no se haya acomodado)
to show
round
ensear
- Before you start work, Ill show you (a)round (the office) so that you can
meet everyone. (Antes de empezar a trabajar, le ensear la oficina
para que conozca a todos)
slow down reducir
- If you see a red traffic light, you probably will slow down. (Si ves un
semforo en rojo, probablemente reducirs la velocidad)
sort out
clasificar,
arreglar,
ordenar
- Sort out the papers to be thrown away and put the rest back! (Clasifica
los papeles que hay que tirar y devuelve al resto)
speak for hablar por - She doesnt speak for everybody. (No habla en nombre de todos)
speak out
comentar algo,
hablar claro
- I didnt want to accuse him, but I couldnt restrain myself. I had to speak out.
(No quise acusarle pero no me pude contener. Tena que hablar
claro)
speed up acelerar
- A plane speeds up before taking off. (Un avin acelera antes de
despegar)
stand by estar listo
- I stand by for this flight, I hope there is a free seat. (Tengo un billete
standby para este vuelo, espero que quede un asiento)
stand for
significar,
tolerar
- SOS stands for Save Our Souls. (SOS significa Salvad nuestras
almas)
- I cant stand for my sons bad behaviour, Ill have to talk to him seriously.
(No puedo tolerar el mal comportamiento de mi hijo, tendr que
hablar con l en serio)
stand in for sustituir
- John Peters will stand in for the retired manager. (John Peters sustituir
al director jubilado)
stand out destacar
- You must recognise him because of his nose which absolutely stands out.
(Debes reconocerle por su nariz que destaca absolutamente)
stand up ponerse de pie
- When the King entered the room, everybody stood up. (Cuando el rey
entr en la habitacin, todo el mundo se puso de pie)
stand up to ser resistente
- They send a good floor wax that will stand up to continual passing to and
fro. (Mandaron una buena cera para el suelo, ser resistente al
paso continuo [de gente])
start off
empezar,
comenzar
- Speeches usually start off with an introduction. (Discursos suelen
empezar con una introduccin)
stay up
velar, no
acostarse
- If you had to work all night to complete a job, you would have to stay up.
(Si tuvieras que trabajar toda la noche para terminar un trabajo,
no te acostaras)
.../...
.../...
stock up
with
abastecerse de,
proveer
- People stock up with food if the shops are going to close for a few days. (La
gente se provee de comida si las tiendas cierran unos das)
switch off apagar
- Switch off the TV when you go to bed. (Apaga la televisin cuando te
vayas a la cama)
switch on encender
- If it is cold, You switch on an electric fire. (Si hace fro, enciende la
estufa elctrica)
take aback sorprender
- I was absolutely taken aback by the news of his marriage. (Me
sorprendi la noticia de su casamiento)
take after parecer
- Peter takes after his father in both, character and intelligence. (Pedro se
parece a su padre tanto en carcter como en inteligencia)
take away quitar
- We have to take away these magazines before our parents come home.
(Tenemos que quitar estas revistas antes de que lleguen tus padres
a casa)
take back devolver, retirar
- Lets take it back to the shop, its broken. (Vamos a devolverlo a la
tienda, est roto)
- I was wrong, Ill take my words back. (Me equivoqu, retirar mis
palabras)
take care of cuidar
- A nurse takes care of an invalid. (Una enfermera cuida de un
invlido)
take down apuntar
- My grandmother has to take down everything because she is very old. (Mi
abuela se tiene que apuntar todo porque es muy vieja)
take for tomar por
- What do you take me for, a fool? (Por quin me tomas, por un
imbcil?)
take in
engaar,
meterle,
comprender
- He was very plausible, I was completely taken in by his lies. (Era muy
convincente, me enga con sus mentiras)
- Her dress was too wide on the waist so she took it in. (Su vestido era
demasiado ancho en la cintura por eso le meti)
- Hes trying hard but he cant take in mathematics. (Lo est intentando
pero no puede comprender las matemticas)
take off
quitarse,
despegar, imitar
- Take your coat off. (Qutate el abrigo)
- The plane will take off at four oclock. (El avin despegar a las cuatro)
- Hes very funny when he takes off Charlie Chaplin. (Es muy gracioso
cuando imita a Charles Chaplin)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
take on
asumir /
encargarse de,
emplear)
- He became very depressed as he had taken on more than he could manage.
(Se deprimi mucho porque no poda llevar todo de lo que se
haba encargado)
- I had to take on more workers, because there was too much work. (Tuve
que emplear ms trabajadores porque haba demasiado trabajo)
take out sacar, salir con
- Lets take out our dictionaries to work with this text. (Vamos a sacar
nuestros diccionarios para trabajar con este texto)
- He takes a different girl out every night. (Sale con una chica diferente
todas las noches)
take over encargarse de
- When his father died he took over the family business. (Cuando se
muri su padre, se encarg del negocio familiar)
take to
gustar
demasiado
- He took to drink. (Tom gusto a la bebida)
take up
empezar,
acortar, ocupar
- He took up dancing when he was ten. (Empez a bailar cuando tena
diez aos)
- This skirt is too long, I must take it up. (Esta falda es demasiado larga,
la tengo que acortar)
- Looking after the children takes up most of my time. (Cuidar de los
nios ocupa casi todo mi tiempo)
talk to hablar
- I wanted to talk to Tom, but he wasnt in. (Quera hablar con Toms,
pero no estaba en casa)
tear apart romper - The sea would tear the boat apart. (El oleaje rompi el barco)
tear up romper
- When you want to destroy something written, you can tear up the paper.
(Si quieres romper algn escrito, puedes romper el papel)
tell about hablar de
- This book tells about life in Spain in the Middle Age. (Este libro trata de la
vida en Espaa en la Edad Media)
tell off reir
- You might tell the children off when they have been naughty. (Puede que
ria a la nia si se ha portado mal)
think about pensar en - I think about him. (Pienso en l)
think of acordarse de - I cant think of his name. (No me acuerdo de su nombre)
think over considerar
- Ill think it over and give you an answer next week. (Me lo pensar y te
contesto la semana que viene)
throw away tirar
- Ive collected a lot of old rubbish, I must throw it away. (He acumulado
muchos residuos, los debo tirar)
throw off deshacerse de
- If a balloon has energy problems, the passengers have to throw off weight.
(Si un globo aerosttico tiene problemas de energa [potencia], los
pasajeros tienen que deshacerse de peso)
.../...
.../...
throw out echar
- The young man didnt work so the parents threw him out. (El joven no
trabajaba, as que sus padres lo echaron [de casa])
throw up devolver
- As my daughter had eaten too many sweets, she threw everything up at night.
(Como mi hija haba comido demasiados caramelos, por la noche
devolvi)
tidy up limpiar, recoger
- Im tired of asking you to tidy your room up. (Estoy harta de pedirte que
recojas tu habitacin)
tire out agotar, cansar
- We were all really tired out after our long journey. (Estamos cansadas
despus de nuestro largo viaje)
try on probarse
- You can try on clothes before you buy them. (Te puedes probar la ropa
antes de comprarla)
tuck in arropar
When a child goes to bed, her mother might tuck her in. (Cuando una
nia se va a la cama, puede que la madre la arrope)
turn away rechazar
- Her plan was so expensive that it was turned away at the meeting. (Su
plan sala tan caro que fue rechazado en la reunin)
turn back volver
- The weather was getting so bad, that we had to turn back. (El tiempo
empeor tanto que tuvimos que volver)
turn down rechazar, bajar
- Her suggestion to have a big party was turned down because nobody
had enough money. (Su sugerencia de celebrar una gran fiesta fue
rechazada porque nadie tena dinero suficiente)
- This music is too loud, you should turn it down. (La msica est muy
fuerte, deberas bajarla)
turn into convertirse en
- Peters nasty son Tim has turned into a nice young gentleman. (Tim,
el hijo desagradable de Pedro, se ha convertido en un joven
agradable)
turn off apagar, salir
- Please turn the TV off, I hate this programme. (Por favor, apaga la
televisin, odio este programa)
- If you want to reach Brighton you should turn off at the next crossing. (Si
quiere llegar a Brighton, debera tomar la salida siguiente)
turn on encender
- Ill turn the radio on, theres a good programme now. (Voy a encender la
radio, hay un programa bueno)
.../...
.../...
INGLS
turn out
apagar,
producir, echar,
vaciar, resultar
- Before you go to bed, you should turn the gas heater out. (Antes de ir a la
cama, deberas apagar el calentador de gas)
- This machine turns out butter. (Esta mquina produce mantequilla)
- The people were turned out of their houses to make way for a new road.
(Echaron a las personas de sus casas para abrir sitio para la nueva
carretera)
- Turn this bowl out into the toilet. (Vaca esta palangana en el inodoro)
- I had my doubts, but everything turned out to be OK. (Tuve mis dudas,
pero todo sali bien)
turn over dar la vuelta
- When you finish reading a page, you usually turn it over. (Cuando
terminas de leer una pgina, normalmente le das la vuelta)
turn to dirigirse a
- You turn to someone you want help from. (Recurres a alguien para que
te ayude)
turn up aparecer, surgir
- We expected her to be in America, but yesterday afternoon Susan turned
up. (Supusimos que estaba en Amrica, pero ayer por la tarde
apareci Susana)
- We were having a wonderful holiday until my disease turned up.
(Tuvimos unas vacaciones maravillosas hasta que surgi mi
enfermedad)
turn upside
down
dar la vuelta,
poner al revs
- The news of the managers death turned the meeting upside down. (La
noticia de la muerte del director caus confusin en la reunin)
- The table cloth is very strange like this, I think you should turn it upside
down. (El mantel es muy extrao as, creo que lo deberas poner al
revs)
wait for esperar
- An envelope was waiting for me when I got home. (Me estaba
esperando un sobre cuando llegu a casa)
wake up despertarse
- An alarm clock wakes you up, when you hear it, you get up. (Un
despertador te despierta, cuando lo escuchas, te levantas)
wake up to darse cuenta
- At last we woke up to the posibilities of the new invention. (Por fin se
di cuenta de las posibilidades del nuevo invento)
wash up fregar
- After a meal you wash up the dishes. (Despus de una comida, se
friegan los platos).
wear out agotar
- The men were worn out, pushing the animals had worn them out. (Los
hombres estaban cansados, empujar a los animales les haba
cansado)
.../...
.../...
work out
elaborar,
averiguar
- There will be a full investigation to work out what caused the accident.
(Habr una investigacin completa para saber qu caus el
accidente)
wrap up
abrigarse
/arropar,
envolver
- Before going into the cold, its a good idea to wrap up. (Antes de salir al
fro, abrigarse es buena idea)
- Have you wrapped up Jennys present yet? (Ya has envuelto el regalo
para Jenny?)
write down apuntar
- Did you write down Jos phone number? (Apuntaste el nmero de
telfono de Jo?)
write out
extender,
escribir)
- Peter wrote out a cheque. (Pedro extendi un taln)
- Alan planned his essay in note form, then he wrote it out in full. (Alan
planific su redaccin en forma de esquema y despus la escribi
ntegramente)
Ejercicio 79: Use preposicin (es) /
partcula(s) para completar los huecos.
1. Although he tried to put his political ideas
________(1) to us, he was not clever
enough to convince us. He was so boring
that the audience got ________(2) from
the place as nobody was able to put ___
________(3) him any longer. The next
meeting was to be held on October, 17th
but he put it __________(4) until he
made sure he was ready for it. Finally, the
day of the meeting arrived. That day he got
__________(5) as soon as he got _____
__(6) in order to prepare everything. The
meeting was a success. He certainly had
managed to get his ideas _________(7)
to the people.
Ejercicio 80: Use preposicin(es) /
I couldnt put ________(1) the nerves
I had that morning. The fact of having
taken so much time hadnt put me __
_______(2) achieving it. And I kept
it in silence all the time, but it was
worth having put the money ______
____(3) all those months. I got them
_________(4) before going there. At
last I was going to have my own dog.
I got __________(5) and ran to the
pet shop as fast as my legs let me go.
As I was getting ____________(6), I
noticed that the dogs collar wasnt tied
properly and when I wanted to do it
________(7), the dog got _________
_(8). I ran but I couldnt catch up with
it. When my mother saw me, she put
my sadness ________(9) to the fact
that I, at all cost, wanted a pet and I
couldnt afford it.
Ejercicio 81: Use preposicin (es) /
Dont smoke! My mother used to say
every time she saw me smoking. But
I didnt pay attention to her, although
I was a person who used to have a cold
frequently.
I was dead sure that tobacco was dangerous
for everybody and specially for me, but I
was reluctant to give __________(1)
smoking and always put it __________
.../...
INGLS
(2). One day when I got _________(3)
from bed, I realized that I just couldnt put
__________(4) the sore throat and the
terrible cough, and it put me _________
(5) smoking again. From that day on, Ive
never got ____________(6) to smoke
a cigarette, although, I feel like smoking
more than anything else. Nowadays there
must be a lot of people like me and I wish
that all of us were able to get ________
_(7) with it, by getting our experiences
_________(8) to people.
Sometimes I wonder why I married her
instead of her sister, Lucy (... now she is a
widow).
My wife cant put __________(1) me
when I get ________(2) late in the
morning, she says that I must get ______
___(3) of my bad habits, but I think it is
really impossible .... when I hear her snore
in bed and when she speaks to me at seven
oclock in the morning, I only want to get
_______(4) from her disgusting voice.
I would really like to go to Lucys house on
holidays this year, so I have been putting
________(5) some money every month,
but everything will probably be in vain.
Yesterday my wife said she was ill and so
she would have to go to a quiet, relaxing
place on holidays, but I think she was only
putting it ________(6). I dont know ....
what can I do ...?
I used to drink only when I went to a party.
But that night, the last night of the year, I
was really drunk and I couldnt put ___
_____(1) the terrible headache I had. All
of us had put ________(2) some money
every week to buy drinks for the party. I
was all night drinking until I got drunk,
and my friends wanted me to get _______
_(3) to my house. They put my miserable
state ________(4) to the fact that I was
not a habitual drinker.
That morning I got __________(1) very
early because I had a long way to go. I set
_______(2) at four in the morning. The
night was very dark and so I decided to take
the highway. I was driving very fast when
suddenly a rabbit cut _________(3) in
front of the car. I had to cut _______(4)
the speed because I didnt want to knock
it ________(5). I set ________(6) to
drive about 200 miles without stopping,
but it was pouring and I was very tired,
thus I stopped at a bar, the rain had let
_________(7) for a moment. Near the
bar was a soldier who was hitch-hiking.
I opened the cars door and let him ____
_____(8). On the way he asked me if he
wasnt putting me ________(9). I told
him that I wanted to talk _______(10)
somebody while I was driving.
Ejercicio 85: Use las preposiciones /
partculas adecuadas.
Dear Laura,
I was so sorry to hear ________(1) your
accident and I do hope that you are beginning
to get _______(2) the shock. As soon as
you feel _______(3) it, write and tell me
all ________(4) it. Is it really true that
you were set ________(5) by thieves and
were knocked _______(6) when you were
getting _________(7) home? How long
was it before you recovered consciousness?
Maria tells me that youve broken one of
your arms and your nose. Are they going to
let you ________(8) soon, and how are
you getting ________(9) with the nurses?
Ill try to run ________(10) and see you
at the beginning of the month, but as you
know Ive just given ________(11) my
old motorcycle and Im waiting _____
____(12) the new one Ive just bought;
you know, it has set me ______(13)
$12.000. The salary for this year has
made it possible for me to put _________
(14) some money every month, and apart
from it, I have decided to cut _________
(15) my smoking to three cigarettes a day,
until Im able to give it _______(16)
completely. One thing more, the last time I
met Sally, she told me she was trying to get
_________(17) to your flat. Is she now
sharing the flat with you? Is everything all
right between you two? I hope so.
Ejercicio 86: Complete con prepos-
iciones / partculas.
It wasnt a very good day to set _____
___(1). It had been raining all night
long and the rain wouldnt probably let
________(2) during the whole day. But
we werent going to put the departure __
_____(3) because of the rain, so big was
our excitement. It had been hard work to
convince our parents to let us _________
(4). We had also had to cut ________(5)
our expenses for almost half a year in order
to have enough money for everything,
because tolls, petrol and food were going to
set us ________(6) a lot of money .....
In spite of everything which set _______
__(7) our trip, we got _______(8) at six
oclock in the morning that rainy day in
order to find the roads clear.
nes / partculas adecuadas.
As everybody knows, England is famous
for its rich legend history. One of the most
popular legends is that of Robin Hood, a
character well-known all over the world.
The story found its scenery in the beautiful
Sherwood Forest, north of Nottingham, a
place visited nowadays by lots of British
people at weekends trying to get _______
_(1) from noisy traffic and daily routine.
Sherwood Forest is, in fact, much smaller
than it once used to be, which has
been put ________(2) to the fact that
neighbourhoods in the outskirts of the city
have increased more and more since then.
In spite of not being much left of the forest
itself today, it keeps being famous because
somebody lived there more than 600 years
ago whose name is even better known:
Robin Hood.
Many stories have been written about him
and his four mates, who never let him
_________(3). They devoted their lives
to help the poor in an original way, that
is, they set _______(4) every morning to
steal money from rich people who were set
________(5) on passing in their carriages
through the forest, a very peculiar and
effective way of soliciting alms. And then,
instead of spending the stolen money on
themselves, they gave it to the poor, what
proves a keen wish of setting _______(6) a
system of equal rights and more economic
justice within society.
Of course, stealing money was against the
law, so it became the Sheriff s obsessive aim
to cut _____(7) the continuous plunders of
this group of funny men. For that purpose,
several warrants of apprehension were
pinned up on trees offering high rewards
for those who would give the authorities
hints leading to an eventual arrest of the
INGLS
outlaws. But Robin Hood and his men
were so clever that the unsuccessful Sheriff
never achieved to catch them and cut them
________(8) from the town.
From time to time, when their clothes
were torn and full of holes so that they let
_______(9) the rain - they even went to
the town market by horse and bought new
garments there, so was the inefficiency of the
Sheriff s sleuths. And when they wanted to
move around the place among the people,
they outwitted their pursuers by going in
disguise.
Ejercicio 88: Utilice los verbos da-
dos + preposicin / partcula para com-
pletar los huecos.
Gloria: Well, what are we going to do then?
Do you think the rain is going to
________________(1) (let)?
James: No, I think its ___________(2)
(set) for the day.
Gloria: And this tent of ours is beginning to
________(3) the rain _________
_(4) (let). Everything is getting wet.
James: Yes, including my sleeping bag. I
think Im going to have to _____
_________(5) (get). Its no good
staying in bed any longer.
Gloria: And you said it would be a sunny
day!
James: Well, I ________(6) it ______
(7) (take). I was wrong, wasnt I?
Gloria: This is a miserable holiday. And
its all your fault. You wanted to
come camping. I didnt.
James: Dont ___________(8) (pick)
me. The rain is not my fault, is it?
And anyway, if you were a good
camper, you wouldnt be ______
_______(9) (put) by a bit of rain,
youd enjoy it.
Gloria: Well, Im not enjoying it. Ouch!
Youre stepping on my leg! Why dont
you __________(10) (get) and let
me get dressed? Theres only room for
one person in this stupid tent. Hey!
What are you doing now?
James: Im _______________(11)
(look) my trousers. I cant go
outside without them, can I?
4. Formacin
de palabras: composicin,
derivacin, prefijos
y sufijos
Al hablar de la formacin de palabras
tendremos en cuenta tres tipos distintos;
las palabras compuestas (composicin) y
la derivacin mediante sufijos o prefijos.
En cada caso slo pondremos algunos
ejemplos ya que hay muchsimos subgru-
pos en cada tipo y hablar de todas las posi-
bilidades nos llevara demasiado lejos.
4.1. Composicin
a) Sustantivos compuestos
1. El primer sustantivo define al se-
gundo sustantivo: English teacher
(profesor/a de ingls).
2. El primer sustantivo nos indica dn-
de se utiliza el segundo sustantivo:
kitchen tool (herramienta de cocina).
3. El primer sustantivo indica el material
del que est hecho el segundo sustan-
tivo: leather case (maleta de piel).
4. El primer sustantivo nos indi-
ca para qu se utiliza el segundo
sustantivo: bread knife (cuchillo
para cortar el pan).
5. El segundo sustantivo indica una
parte del primer sustantivo: table
leg (la pata de la mesa).
6. El primer sustantivo indica una
medida del segundo sustantivo: a
litre bottle (una botella de un litro).
7. sustantivo + gerundio: horse-ri-
ding (montar a caballo)
8. gerundio + sustantivo: drinking
water (agua potable)
^w
b) Adjetivos compuestos
1. adjetivo + gerundio: hard-working
(trabajador /a)
2. adjetivo + sustantivo en -ed: red-
haired (pelirrojo /a)
3. adjetivo + sustantivo: half time (a
tiempo parcial)
4. sustantivo + adjetivo: water-proof
(resistente al agua)
Ejercicio 89: Escoja cinco de los ad-
jetivos compuestos del recuadro y escr-
balos junto a su definicin.
self-adhesive // self-employed //
self-sufficient // self-confident // self-made //
self-absorbed // self-evident // self-less
1. Someone who is able to meet his /her needs
without help is
2. A person who pays all his /her attention on
him /herself is
3. Someone who earns money from his / her
own business is
4. Something that is plainly true and does
not need proof is
5. A person who cares for others and not for
him /herself is
Ejercicio 90:
a) Una las palabras de las dos columnas
para formar sustantivos compuestos.
1 fun a tennis
2 full b hole
3 table c house
4 time d garden
5 key e trap
6 kidney f fair
7 kitchen g table
8 lodging h bean
9 mouse i course
10 refresher j house
b) Ahora haga una frase con cada palabra.
4.2. Prefijos y sufijos
Ahora vamos a ver algunos de los su-
fijos y prefijos ms importantes en ingls.
A continuacin encontrar un ejercicio
con las palabras que hemos presentado.
INGLS
Prefijo Palabra Significado
a- amoral inmoral
anti- antifreeze anticongelante
auto- automatic automtico
de- decode decodificar
fore- foresee prever
in- incompre-
hensible
incomprensible
mal- malnutricion malnutricin
mis- misunders-
tand
malentender
non- non-smoker no fumador
over- overvalue sobrevalorar
super- supermarket supermercado
Sufijo Palabra Significado
-or sailor marinero
-ese Chinese chino
-ship friendship amistad
-ish foolish torpe
-less hopeless sin esperanza
.../...
.../...
Sufijo Palabra Significado
-y sunny soleado
-en widen ampliar
-ways sideways de lado
con las palabras que acaba de estudiar.
1. All flights by Iberia are only for ________
__________.
2. There isnt anything for dinner. We should
go to the _______________.
3. This street is very narrow, they will have to
________________ it.
4. Nowadays nearly all car washs are ____ .
5. I have been told that _______________
__ is a very difficult language.
6. His handwriting was so ____________
___ that the teacher decided not to correct
the exam.
7. When the ship sank, 300 _________ died.
8. In Africa ___________________ is one
of the biggest problems.
9. Its lovely to lie on the beach
on ________ spring days.
10. _______________ is more
important than money.
Anexo
Soluciones
a los ejercicios
1
ANEXO 1: SOLUCIONES A LOS EJERCICIOS 155
INGLS
Ejercicio 1
1. has spent
2. had changed / saw
3. has been
4. has finished
5. has lived / has been living
6. rang / had spoken
7. have lived /have been living
8. had wanted
9. arrived / had left
10. used to be
11. (had) finished / went
12. Have you ever travelled ...
13. Have you ever put ...
14. rang / was having
15. ... did you run ...
16. made
17. Have you been waiting ...
18. used to play
19. was crossing
20. had
21. have spoken
22. didnt like
23. have lived
24. have had
25. have been
26. have you known
27. stayed
28. have travelled
29. had met
30. lived
31. have known
32. have lived
33. saw
34. have studied
35. I have just seen
36. Has Mr Porter arrived ...?
37. was ringing
38. saw
39. ... did you last hear ...
40. Have you ever eaten ...
41. have been writing
42. have just remembered / havent paid
43. have had
44. have been
45. had left
46. were
47. have you been learning
Ejercicio 2
1. was running
2. was looking
3. had been walking
4. was sitting / were eating
5. had been eating
Ejercicio 3
(1) had been repairing
(2) had been working
(3) had been lying
(4) had been driving
156 ANEXO 1: SOLUCIONES A LOS EJERCICIOS
Ejercicio 4
1. Cathy, because she had been doing some
gardening.
2. Sally, because she had been playing
tennis.
3. James, because he had been practising
karate.
4. Pat, because she had been horse-riding.
5. Freds, because he had been painting.
6. Roberts, because he had been swimming.
Ejercicio 5
1. The letters were posted.
2. English is spoken all through the world.
3. The class window was broken.
4. King Lear was written by Shakespeare.
5. The book was ended last week (by John).
6. The painting has been stolen.
7. At last the tickets were bought.
8. All the cakes must have been eaten.
9. The books were carried out of the bookshop.
10. The dinner has been cooked (by his
sister).
Ejercicio 6
1. Air France was reported to have increased
its European commercial flights last year.
2. The Prime Ministers policy was believed
not to have been totally accepted by his
cabinet.
3. Mr Callaghan is understood to be willing
to meet Mr Blair.
4. Some high officials are thought to have
been submitted to blackmail.
5. Entertainment and fashion in Britain are
claimed to have been an enormous source of
income for Britain in the last twelve years.
Ejercicio 7
1. The waiter was paid with a credit card.
2. The soldiers were ordered to stand up
straight.
3. I was taught German when I was a
child.
4. The little girl is read a fairy tale at night.
5. He was told the truth.
6. She was shown some golden rings.
7. We were sent a postcard from Denver.
8. He was asked a lot of questions.
9. He was taken to hospital.
10. She will be sent to America.
Ejercicio 8
1. We will be taught French (by Mrs Garca)
next term.
French will be taught to us (by Mrs Garca)
next term.
2. The drug was claimed to produce no
undesirable side-effects.
3. I was given a parking ticket at lunchtime.
A parking ticket was given to me at
lunchtime.
4. Every car is being searched for smuggled
drugs.
5. It is said that he knows very influential
people.
INGLS
He is said to know very influential
people.
6. She was shown the easiest way to do it.
The easiest way to do it was shown to her.
7. Who was it written by?
8. Why wasnt the roof mended before it fell?
9. Nails must not be hammered into the wall
without permission.
10. The wallet had been stolen without the girl
being aware of it.
Ejercicio 9
1. Did you have / get your hair cut
2. have / get it cut
3. do you have / get your car serviced
4. had / got his portrait painted
5. Do you have/get your newspaper delivered
Ejercicio 10
get / have object
past
participle
get
I must
}
have
the car washed
had
I
}
got
my
photograph
taken
have
Shell
}
get
the tree cut down
have
Id like to
}
get
the house painted
Ejercicio 11
1. Could 4. could
2. can 5. May
3. could 6. may
Ejercicio 12
1. mustnt 5. neednt
2. neednt 6. neednt
3. neednt 7. neednt
4. mustnt 8. mustnt
Ejercicio 13
(1) must (7) mustnt
(2) mustnt (8) must
(3) must (9) neednt
(4) must (10)must
(5) neednt (11)neednt
(6) mustnt
Ejercicio 14
1. c) 4. b) 7. c)
2 b) 5. a) 8. c)
3. c) 6. b)
Ejercicio 15
1. F 3. A 5. C
2. D 4. B 6. E
Ejercicio 16: Slo ofrecemos una
de las posibles soluciones.
1. could have killed
2. would have phoned
3. could have gone
4. should have been
5. should have put
6. should have asked
7. could have died
8. should have hit
9. might have told
10. might have washed
Ejercicio 17
1. may have gone o must have gone
2. may have found
3. cant have spent
4. must have rained
5. may have been
Ejercicio 18
1. I cant play the piano.
2. He would like to be able to travel more.
3. She should work harder.
4. Could you tell me the time?
5. I had to work last weekend.
Ejercicio 19
1. must have left
2. had to do
3. cant
4. may not
5. will stop
6. can
7. could
8. managed to
9. will be able to
10. will be able to
11. dont have to
12. have to
13. should
14. must
15. cant
16. may not
17. may
18. cant
19. may / might
20. might
Ejercicio 20
Hay frases en las que se puede utili-
zar otros verbos, pero no otras formas.
1. opening 14. liking
2. trying 15. to play
3. to know 16. having
4. to have committed 17. having stolen
5. to lend 18. to fly
6. to buy 19. smoking
7. dancing 20. calling
8. to close 21. to hear
9. getting 22. staying
10. working 23. going
11. liking 24. copying
12. to get 25. to be
13. watching
INGLS
Ejercicio 21
(1) to find (8) to answer
(2) to convince (9) stay
(3) have (10) think
(4) to be paid (11) to think
(5) to do (12) know
(6) to go (13) go
(7) to look (14) to see
Ejercicio 22
(1) to let (11) to move
(2) to live / living (12) liking
(3) to knock (13) meeting
(4) to move (14) talking
(5) to ask (15) to be
(6) to make (16) telling
(7) painting (17) living
(8) moving (18) to live
(9) to pay (19) to stay
(10) to give (20) living
Ejercicio 23
1. to turn off 6. to repair
2. cycling 7. to talk
3. reading 8. reading
4. to lock 9. to get
5. getting 10. working
Ejercicio 24
1. to tell
2. of leaving
3. of arriving
4. in reading
5. to go
Ejercicio 25: 1a, 2b, 3c, 4d
Ejercicio 26
1. be
2. go
3. be
4. wearing
5. being
Ejercicio 27
1. They told me I couldnt talk in that area.
2. Judith told us she had seen our parents the
day before.
3. We told him we wouldnt be back until
that night.
4. Phil told her he had met lots of people since
the week before.
5. Paul told Sarah he worked near there.
Ejercicio 28
1. We told Jane not to tell anyone until the
following week.
2. Kate told us (politely) to wait for her.
3. They told her to be careful and not to be
late.
4. George told his son to eat up his lunch.
5. The policeman told her to keep off the grass.
Ejercicio 29
1. They asked us if we usually spent our
holidays abroad.
2. He asked me how old I was.
3. We asked Mary if she was going out that
night.
4. Fred asked the policeman what time the
shops closed that day.
5. Angela asked her father if she could watch
TV that afternoon.
Ejercicio 30
1. Elizabeth told Carmen not to forget to
come on Thursday.
2. James told Maggy those flowerpots were
beautiful.
3. Betty told Janet she had bought that bag
the day before.
4. Mother told her son not to touch the
socket.
5. Father said to his son it was not safe.
6. Father told his daughter to put her boots on.
7. Fred told Eliza to hurry up.
8. Fred said to Eliza they were going to be
late again.
9. Henry told Jack not to worry.
10. Charles said to Joan he was nearly ready.
Ejercicio 31
1. He asked the mechanic when his motorbike
would be repaired.
2. He asked her what she was listening to.
3. She asked him if the bus had been late.
4. They wanted to know if he was American
or Australian.
5. I asked her if she could lend me ten euros.
6. She asked them where they should / would
meet the following day.
7. She asked if she might use his mobile
phone.
8. She asked us if we liked Spanish food.
Ejercicio 32
1. Mary said to me that she was very happy.
2. Toma asked Kate if she had posted the letter.
3. We told her to stay with us.
4. The policeman asked me not to park the
car there.
5. She wanted to know where I worked.
Ejercicio 33
1. She admitted she had stolen the purse.
2. They warned us that we should be careful
because the water was boiling.
3. My father insisted that I had to apologise
to my brother.
4. She suggested they should go to the cinema
that night.
5. My friends agreed that they would share
the expenses with me.
Ejercicio 34
1. The policeman said: Go anywhere else!.
I answered: I didnt see the prohibition
sign.
2. I asked Sammy: Does Steven still live
abroad?
Sammy answered: I dont know.
INGLS
3. Will you please let me off here?, I asked
the driver.
I cant leave the door open all night., he
replied.
Can you let me off at the next stop then?,
I asked him, controlling my anger.
4. Where will you go for your holidays this
summer?, she asked.
He answered: We cant afford a holiday
this year.
5. Police: Where did you find this handbag?
I answered: I found it in the car park.
Ejercicio 35
1. The student asked his teacher to help him
with the homework.
2. The instructor agreed to start training the
following Friday.
3. The headmaster threatened to keep the
children behind after school.
4. The trainer told them to practise that
movement every day.
5. The sales manager refused to go with that
customer.
Ejercicio 36
advised 1, 5,
said 2, 6
explained 2, 6
asked 1, 2, 4, 5, 7
promised 1, 5, 6
told 1, 5, 6, 7
agreed 4
ordered 1, 4
suggested 1, 4, 6
commanded 1, 4, 6
refused 4, 6
threatened 1, 4
Ejercicio 37
1. on 4. at
2. at 5. at
3. on 6. at
7. at (es una excepcin)
8. on 9. in
10. at (= periodo festivo)
11. In 18. in
12. in 19. at
13. in 20. in
14. in 21. from ... to
15. for 22. until
16. in 23. for
17. since
24. since (siguen viviendo all; la frase est en
present perfect)
25. while 28. during
26. Before 29. before (es la
solucin lgica)
27. After 30. for
Ejercicio 38
1. in 10. in 19. in
2. in 11. in 20. in
3. in (along) 12. in 21. at
4. at 13. on / at 22. at
5. in 14. in 23. on / in
6. on 15. in 24. on
7. on 16. on 25. on
8. at 17. on
9. on 18. at
Ejercicio 39
1. inside / in
2. behind
3. between
4. next to (near)
5. outside
6. among
7. over
8. above
9. below (under)
10. in front of
11. opposite
12. near (next to, behind)
13. under
Ejercicio 40
1. from 14. up
2. in 15. to
3. in 16. at ... at
4. on 17. to ... in
5. into 18. in
6. between 19. at
7. out of 20. in
8. from ... to 21. until / at
9. over 22. since
10. round 23. in
11. to 24. in
12. on 25. since
13. In
Ejercicio 41
(1) outside (10) with
(2) for (11) between
(3) at (12) in front of
(4) out (13) behind
(5) into (14) into
(6) up (15) from
(7) from (16) In
(8) outside (17) across
(9) in (18) round
Ejercicio 42
(Hay otras soluciones posibles aparte
de las aqu indicadas.)
(1) on (5) In (9) to
(2) outside (6) into (10)in
(3) in (7) to (11)near
(4) in (8) At
Ejercicio 43
1. up 10. on (to) 19. on
2. down 11. above 20. during
3. off 12. on 21. for
4. across 13. at 22. since
5. across 14. in front of 23. near
6. along 15. opposite 24. between
7. through 16. at 25. from
8. over 17. at
9. around 18. in
INGLS
Ejercicio 44
(1) in (14) at
(2) of (15) across
(3) in (16) near
(4) In (17) At
(5) in front of (18) on
(6) along (19) near
(7) on (20) In
(8) Opposite (21) On
(9) In (22) next
(10) Next (23) Opposite
(11) out (24) Behind
(12) to (25) between
(13) On (26) in
Ejercicio 45
1. a clever-looking young blond man
2. a nice big brown Spanish leather hat
3. an expensive brown leather jacket
4. an expensive antique green German beer-
mug
5. some wonderful black and blue Irish
woollen trousers
6. a bombproof grey Chinese metal door
7. a fine small white china cup
8. a large creamy vanilla ice cream
9. a happy copious Italian meal
10. some beautiful round wooden plates
Ejercicio 46
1. lucky 11. funny
2. interesting 12. musical
3. horrible 13. profitable
4. dangerous 14. successful
5. colourful 15. rainy
6. amusing 16. productive
7. acceptable 17. peaceful
8. childish 18. greenish
9. effective 19. attractive
10. famous 20. accidental
Ejercicio 47
1. interestingly 6. fortunately
2. luckily 7. quickly
3. well 8. fast
4. badly 9. slowly
5. seriously 10. easily
Ejercicio 48
modo (manner) lugar (place) tiempo (time) frecuencia (frequency)
carelessly in Switzerland yesterday normally
hungrily there last month always
badly
in front of the cinema
then rarely
quickly at midday never
.../...
Ejercicio 49
1. We never go out on Sunday evening.
2. She is always talking about business at
lunchtime.
3. Have you ever broken an ankle?
4. We always come back from university at
eight oclock.
5. John sometimes plays the violin in the cellar.
Ejercicio 50
1. most beautiful 6. best
2. worse 7. longer
3. fastest 8. the highest
4. biggest 9. the most
intelligent
5. more relaxing 10. easier
Ejercicio 51
1. c) 2. b) 3. c) 4. a) 5. c)
Ejercicio 52
1. My father cooks better than your mother.
2. I write compositions worse than my sister.
3. Marta reads faster than her mother.
4. Kate dances more beautifully than Clive.
5. Johnny sings more wonderfully than
Jimmy.
Ejercicio 53
1. My fathers driving is getting more and
more dangerous as the years go by.
2. I heard Sarah practising the guitar
yesterday shes getting better and better.
3. It seems as if police officers are getting
younger and younger.
4. My temper is getting worse and worse.
5. Its getting harder and harder to find time
for everything you want to do.
Ejercicio 54
1. The warmer it got, the more time we spent
on the beach.
2. The more clothes he buys, the more clothes
he wants to buy.
3. The more I get to know you, the less I
understand you.
4. The more money she lost, the angrier it
made her.
5. The older I get, the darker my hair gets.
Ejercicio 55
1. Sarah is not old enough to take the big dog
for a walk.
2. They were talking too quietly for him to
hear what they were saying.
3. Near some French beaches the sea is not
clean enough for people to swim in.
.../...
modo (manner) lugar (place) tiempo (time) frecuencia (frequency)
hard
at the shopping centre
on Friday
this afternoon
to the mountains later that night
in the centre at Easter
INGLS
4. Theres somebody out there, but I cant see
well enough to decide if its Paul.
5. Ill study this tomorrow Im too tired to
understand it tonight.
Ejercicio 56
1. so
2. such
3. so
4. so
5. such
Ejercicio 57
1. He spent $ 500 on books two years ago.
2. We often went to the coast when we were
young.
3. In summer he sometimes slept in the open
tent.
4. Did you always get up early when you
went to school?
5. She didnt enjoy the party because there
were too many people.
6. Are there any children playing on the beach?
7. There is a lot of water in the sea.
8. There arent many people walking along
the road.
9. Ive got a little money in my pocket.
10. Some women are coming out of the shop.
Ejercicio 58
1. does not open 6. makes
2. stand 7. reads
3. will arrest 8. sells
4. will steal 9. eats
5. will telephone 10. knows
Ejercicio 59
1. while 9. before
2. while 10. as soon as
3. As 11. when
4. after 12. while
5. until / before 13. whenever
6. as soon as 14. before
7. when 15. until
8. until
Ejercicio 60
1. As it was raining, we didnt go out.
2. He made those proposals in order to bring
the strike to an end.
3. She still looks young though she is over
sixty.
4. The baby woke up because the dog was
barking.
5. Please give me some money so that I (can)
buy something for dinner.
6. Although your car is much larger than
ours, it is not as comfortable.
7. She sent her daughter to the village to buy
some butter.
8. Sam was very happy as he passed all his
exams.
9. Let me have your phone number so I (can)
call you later.
10. He took his car to the garage because it had
broken down.
Ejercicio 61
1. would look 6. would you do
2. were 7. played
3. wouldnt make 8. had
4. would buy 9. would grow
5. knew 10. would offer
Ejercicio 62
1. My husband arrived before I had prepared
dinner.
2. I decided to go for a walk as I had plenty of
time.
3. I turned the heater on because it was cold.
4. My brother was cooking while my sister
was studying.
5. Its eight months since we (last) went to
the theatre.
Ejercicio 63
1. ... who runs away from home.
2. ... who invented the telephone.
3. ... which gives you meaning of words.
4. ... who are never on time.
5. ... which can support life.
Ejercicio 64
1. would have visited
2. had arrived
3. had been
4. had not seen
5. would have fallen
6. would not have got
7. would not have stung
8. had tried
9. had known
10. would have taken
Ejercicio 65
1. I looked up at the moon, which was very
bright that night.
2. He showed me a photograph of his
daughter, who is a policewoman.
3. The milkman, who is nearly always on
time, was late this morning.
4. We spent a lovely day by the river, where
we had a picnic.
5. That woman over there, whose name I
cant remember, is an artist.
Ejercicio 66
1. B 2. J 3. D 4. C 5. A
6. E 7. G 8. F 9. I 10. H
Ejercicio 67
1. would have brought
2. will not be
3. want
4. would you choose?
5. will not be
6. would not buy
7. would jump
8. did not talk
9. comes
10. would answer
INGLS
Ejercicio 68
1. I wish, the TV worked.
2. I wish, I could eat cheese.
3. I wish, he didnt work on Sundays.
4. I wish, it didnt rain all the time.
5. I wish, I would like dancing.
Ejercicio 69
2 D. I wish, I had chosen a different career.
3 A. I wish, I had done more travelling
when I had the chance.
4 E. I wish, I had gone to a better school.
5 C. I wish, I had gone to bed earlier last
night.
6 F. I wish, I had not got married when I
was eighteen.
Ejercicio 70
1. Travelling
2. trip
3. journey
4. dead
5. died
6. killed
7. death
8. robbed, stole
9. win
10. beat
11. all
12. every
13. hear
14. listen to
15. saw
16. looking at
17. watching
18. drop
19. throw
20. job
21. work
22. work
23. win
24. met
25. find
26. for, during
Ejercicio 71
1. said
2. told
3. told
4. tell
5. said
6. tell
Ejercicio 72
1. so
2. then
3. so
4. then
5. so
6. so
7. then
8. so
9. so
10. then
11. then
12. then
Ejercicio 73
1. little
2. small
3. little
4. small
5. little
Ejercicio 74
1. for
2. since
3. since
4. for
5. for
6. for
7. since
8. since
Ejercicio 75
1.
2. Can I come and see you?
3. I want to go and live in Italy.
4.
5. Will you all come and see me in hospital?
6. We went to see Peter yesterday, and were
going again tomorrow.
7.
8. We went to Spain for our holidays.
9. Anns birthdays coming so we must
remember to get her a present.
10.
Ejercicio 76
1. talking
2. speak
3. spoke
4. speaking
5. talk
Ejercicio 77
1. Lay
2. lie
3. lying
4. lying
5. laid
Ejercicio 78
1. do
2. making
3. making
4. do, do
5. do
6. make
7. make
8. made, did
Ejercicio 79
(1) across
(2) away
INGLS
(3) up with
(4) off
(5) out
(6) up
(7) across
Ejercicio 80
(1) up with
(2) off
(3) by
(4) round
(5) out
(6) back
(7) up
(8) away
(9) down
Ejercicio 81
(1) up
(2) off
(3) up
(4) up with
(5) off
(6) back
(7) over
(8) across
Ejercicio 82
(1) up with
(2) up
(3) rid / out
(4) away
(5) by
(6) on
Ejercicio 83
(1) up with
(2) by
(3) back
(4) down
Ejercicio 84
(1) up
(2) off
(3) in
(4) back / down
(5) over / down
(6) off / out
(7) up
(8) in
(9) out
(10) to
Ejercicio 85
(1) about
(2) over
(3) up to / like
(4) about
(5) upon
(6) out
(7) back
(8) out
(9) on / along
(10) down
(11) away
(12) for
(13) back
(14) by
(15) back / down
(16) up
(17) back
Ejercicio 86
(1) off
(2) up
(3) off / back
(4) out
(5) back / down
(6) back
(7) back
(8) up / out
Ejercicio 87
(1) away
(2) down
(3) down
(4) off / out
(5) upon
(6) up
(7) in
(8) off
(9) through
Ejercicio 88
(1) let up
(2) setting in
(3) let
(4) through
(5) get up
(6) take
(7) back / on
(8) pick on
(9) put off
(10) get out / away / up
(11) looking for
Ejercicio 89
1. self-sufficient 4. self-evident
2. self-absorbed 5. self-less
3. self-employed
Ejercicio 90
a) 1-f: fun-fair, 2-c (j): full-house, 3-a: table-
tennis, 4-g: time-table, 5-b: key-hole,
6-h: kidney-bean, 7-d: kitchen-garden,
8-j (c): lodging-house, 9-e: mouse-trap,
10-i: refresher-course
b)
1. The children are very happy because
there will be a fun fair in the village
next weekend. (a noisy brightly lit
show, which for small charges offers big
machines to ride on, games of skill, and
other amusements, especially one that
moves from town to town).
2. Weve had 5 full houses this week; many
people who wanted to see the film have
been turned away. (at the theatre, cinema,
INGLS
etc. as large as an attendance of people
as possible).
3. Every Monday I invite my friends
to play table tennis. (an indoor game
played by two or four players who use
small bats to knock a very small hollow
plastic ball to each other across a net).
4. If you want to know when the last bus
leaves, you have to look at the timetable.
(a table of the times at which buses,
trains, planes, etc. arrive and leave).
5. He tried to put the key into the keyhole,
but it wasnt the correct one. (a hole for
the key in a lock, a clock, etc.).
6. I love kidney beans in tomato sauce. (a
type of bean that is shaped like a kidney).
7. I decided to grow some garlic in our
kitchen garden. (a garden where fruit
or vegetables are grown, usually for
eating at home rather than for sale).
8. When I came to the town, I stayed in
a lodging house for two weeks before I
rented a flat. (a building where rooms
may be rented for days or weeks).
9. We had so many mice in the cellar that
we had to buy a mousetrap. (a trap for
catching mice, worked by a spring, and
usually supplied with a small piece of
cheese for attracting the mice).
10. As I finished my studies a long time ago,
I decided to attend a refresher course on
modern teaching methods. (a training
course given to a group of members of the
same profession to bring their knowledge
up to date).
Ejercicio 91
1. non-smokers 6. incomprehensible
2. supermarket 7. sailors
3. widen 8. malnutrition
4. automatic 9. sunny
5. Chinese 10. Friendship
Anexo
Textos
1. Nivel bsico
2. Soluciones de los textos de nivel bsico
3. Nivel intermedio
4. Soluciones de los textos de nivel intermedio
5. Nivel avanzado
6. Soluciones de los textos de nivel avanzado
En este anexo ofrecemos numerosos textos con ejercicios de
comprensin (comprehension) y de conocimiento lingstico
(use of english). Resolverlos resulta una actividad muy prctica
para preparar el examen real al que el alumno se ha de enfrentar.
Los textos se presentan agrupados en tres niveles de dificultad:
nivel bsico, nivel intermedio y nivel avanzado. Despus
de los textos de cada nivel ofrecemos las soluciones de los ejercicios.
2
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 175
INGLS
1. Nivel bsico
Texto 1
Fire at House
A mother and her two sons were
rescued from their burning house in
the small village of Rochester early this
morning. The fire started in the living-
room and quickly spread to the rest of the
house. It was discovered by a neighbour,
Mr James Mannaham, who was going to
work when he saw the fire. He called the
fire brigade and then tried to enter the
house himself. Unfortunately, the heat
and the smoke stopped him and he had
to go back. When the firemen arrived the
house was burning fiercely but they soon
got Mrs Sarah Miller and her sons out
by using a 20-metre ladder to reach her
bedroom on the second floor.
1. Comprehension
1. Answer the following questions according
to the information given in the text, USE
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What happened this morning in
Rochester?
b) How many people were there in the
house?
2. Are the following statements true or false?
Justify your answers with words or phrases
from the text.
a) Rochester is a busy town.
b) Mr James Mannaham is unemployed.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for phone.
2. Find in the text a word which has the
following definition: someone who lives
next door.
3. Fill in the gap with the correct preposition:
I was waiting _______ the bus stop.
4. Turn the following sentence into Reported
Speech: Peter said: I have nothing to do.
5. Give a question for the underlined word:
The children were playing tennis.
6. Complete the following sentence: If I had
a lot of money ...
7. Join the following sentences using an
appropriate linker (do not use AND or
BUT). Make any changes if necessary. I
like music. I buy a lot of CDs.
8. Which word of the four has not the same
meaning? have // buy // possess // own
9. Put the verb in brackets into the correct
tense: I (meet) him last week.
10. Find an antonym for the following word:
unfortunately.
11. Make a sentence to show that you know
the meaning of the following word: floor.
12. Join the following sentences using the
appropriate relative pronoun. Make any
changes if necessary. Peter saw a man
yesterday. The man had stolen a wallet.
176 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
Texto 2
A New School for Gaterbury
Gaterburys most famous son,
George Connan Smithers, returned
to his old village today to open its new
school. Unfortunately, Mr Smithers,
an actor presently appearing in Tims
Girl at the New Friends Theatre, did
not have a happy return. First of all,
when he arrived, he slipped and fell
over as he was getting out of his car.
Later, as he pulled back the curtain to
unveil the plaque, the string broke and
the curtain also fell on the floor. Finally,
just as he was leaving, his car crashed
into a tree in the school playground.
Despite all this, Mr Smithers kept on
smiling almost to the end: in fact, until
he hit the tree.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Why is George Connan Smithers
famous?
b) Why was it an unlucky day for
George?
from the text.
a) There were trees on the school
playground.
b) George just visited the school to
remember it.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: rope.
following definition: at the moment.
Susan is looking _________ her glasses,
but she cant find them.
Speech: Sarah said: I wont be at home
next weekend.
5. Give a question for the underlined words:
The children were playing tennis.
6. Complete the following sentence: If Peter
had seen the ball on the street...
BUT). Make any changes if necessary. It
is raining. We cant go out.
meaning? leave // let // go away // be off
tense: Sam usually (have) cereals for
breakfast.
pull.
11. Make a sentence to show that you know the
meaning of the following word: curtain.
changes if necessary. The town was lovely.
We stayed there for a week.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 177
INGLS
Texto 3
The Robber
It was cold and dark in the house. The
robber switched on the light and looked
round the empty entrance hall. The people
who lived in the house were not there.
They had not been there for several weeks.
Perhaps they had gone on holiday to Spain
to escape the cold English winter. The
robber went through the house, searching
each room in turn. In the kitchen he found
food on the table waiting to be prepared. In
the living-room the television was still on.
He went up the steps slowly, listening and
watching. In the front bedroom, he found
nothing. The door to the back bedroom
was shut. Slowly he turned the handle and
the door opened silently. It was black in the
room. He turned on the light. Nothing!
The room was empty. Suddenly, the door
shut behind him.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What season is it?
b) Was the robber alone on the house?
from the text.
a) There was no food in the house.
b) The house had more than one floor.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: closed.
following definition: without making noise.
Sam is afraid __________ lions.
Speech: Dorothy said: I cant swim.
Father usually goes to the office by bus.
nothing to do this weekend.
was having lunch. The phone rang.
meaning? begin // demand // start // get going.
tense: When she met him, she knew she
(see) him before.
dark.
the meaning of the following word: steps.
changes if necessary. They gave me a wallet
for my birthday. I lost the wallet.
Texto 4
An Enchanted Villa
The Moon Trap is a new film
made by a young Canadian film-maker
called Lisa Minerva. The main parts in
178 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
the film are interpreted by Sidney Porter
and Judith Pityful who last appeared in
Love For Ever And Ever.
In this new film they star as a
young married couple who buy an old
house in the country. After living there
for a few weeks strange things begin to
happen.
Some of the
furniture in the house
disappears and cant be
found: windows break
and pictures fall off the
walls. At night they hear
crying noises, and when
the moon is up loud
screams can be heard
from the woods nearby.
As you might expect, the young
couple try to discover the reason for all
these strange events and this leads them
into some very frightening situations. If
you are easily scared dont go and see this
film! But if you enjoy films with lots of
adventure and murder then this is the
film for you.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What is the new film about?
b) Who should go and see the film?
from the text.
a) The young couples life is boring..
b) Its not the first time the two actors
work together.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: forest.
following definition: all the tables, chairs,
wardrobes, etc. in a flat or house.
3. Fill in the gap with the correct preposition: We
usually have turkey ______ Christmas.
Speech: Carol said: I would like to have a
drink.
Pat flies to England every summer.
gone to the theatre, ...
was feeling tired. I went to bed early.
meaning? get // receive // become // obtain
9. Put the verb in brackets into the correct tense:
Yesterday the children (go) to the park.
married.
meaning of the following word: scared.
changes if necessary. A man lives next
door. He is very friendly.
Texto 5
From School Sport to Celebrity
For many young people sport
is a popular part of school life and
participating in one of the school
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 179
INGLS
teams and playing in matches is very
important. If someone is in a team it
means a lot of extra practice and often
spending a Saturday or Sunday away
from home, as many matches are
played then.
It may also involve travelling to
other towns to play against other school
teams and then staying on after the
match for a meal or a drink. Sometimes
parents, friends or other students will
travel with the team to support the own
side. When a school team wins a match
it is the whole school which feels proud,
not only the players. It can also mean
that a school becomes well-
known for being good at
certain sports and pupils
from that school may end
up playing in national and
international teams so that
the school has some really
famous names associated
with it.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What may you have to do if you are a
member of a school team?
b) What is the advantage for the school if
it has good teams?
from the text.
a) The team does not always travel
alone.
b) If you are in a school team you have
more free time.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: take part.
following definition: smaller than a city
but bigger than a village.
3. Fill in the gap with the correct preposition: The
village is ______ the south of the country.
Speech: Tom said: Last Sunday I watched
a good film on TV at my brothers.
Last night Peter read an interesting article.
6. Complete the following sentence: If I found
500 in the street, ...
BUT). Make any changes if necessary.
It was very hot. I opened the window.
meaning? ill // sick // health // diseased.
tense: Mother (iron) for three hours.
after.
meaning of the following word: to associate.
changes if necessary. We saw some people.
Their car had broken down.
Texto 6
Evolution in Printing
There has been a revolution in the
world of newspapers. Not many years
ago, newspapers were still being produced
180 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
using techniques unchanged for over
hundred years.
The journalists gave their stories
to a typist, who prepared them for
an editor, who passed them on to the
printer. The printer, who was a hardly
skilled man, set up the type. This was
then collected to make the pages. When
the pages were complete, the printing
machines could be started. Nowadays
what happens? The journalists type their
stories into a computer. The computer
checks their spelling, plans the page,
shapes the articles. When the pages are
ready, another computer may control the
printing.
There can be no doubt about it,
producing a newspaper is an entirely
different business now.
.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Which is the most important device to
make a newspaper?
b) What happened 100 years ago?
from the text.
a) To be a printer you had to study a lot.
b) It is easier to make a newspaper
nowadays.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: form.
following definition: in our times.
Tom is standing ______ the back.
Speech: Sarah said: I am going to have lunch.
My mother is teaching at the moment.
6. Complete the following sentence: If I was
offered a job, ...
They went to the shops. It was raining.
meaning? shaded // dark // obscure // heavy
tense: How long (you, live) in this house?
into.
the meaning of the following word: doubt.
changes if necessary. We know a lot of
people. They live in London.
Texto 7
One Tooth, Two Teeth, Three
I had a bad tooth so my wife told me
to go to the dentists. It must not be
serious, she said, But you had better
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 181
INGLS
make sure. At first I refused to go.
Going to the dentists always reminds
me of something that happened when
I was a child. I went to the dentists to
have a tooth taken out, and the dentist
who was usually there was ill. I asked his
assistant to give me gas so as not to feel
the pain. When I woke up,
he was apologising to my
mother for having taking
the wrong tooth out. I
explained this to my wife.
What a coward you are!,
she said.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What was the matter with him?
b) What had happened to him when he
was young?
from the text.
a) He didnt mind going to the dentist.
b) He has never had a tooth taken out.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: pardon.
following definition: not sleep any longer.
Anne is in love _______ Peter.
Speech: Tom said: I am feeling ill.
5. Give a question for the underlined word: I
am frightened of spiders.
6. Complete the following sentence: I would
be very angry if...
wont talk to him. He apologises.
meaning? approve // reject // refuse // deny.
tense: I never (drink) wine.
something.
meaning of the following word: coward.
changes if necessary. George works for a
company. The company makes typewriters.
Texto 8
The Dangers of Driving
Every Friday I have lunch with my old
friend Anne, who I have known since we
were at school together. Last Friday, she
arrived late, which was unusual because
she always comes on time. I asked her
why she was late. Ive had a bit of a
shock, she said. On my way here, a little
boy ran out in front of the car. Although
I managed to brake in time, I cant help
thinking of what would have happened if
I had killed him. I should have listened
to my husband, who warned me that the
roads would be icy today and suggested
me to come by train. But I insisted on
coming by car.
Well, shocks like this are typical of
modern life, I said. So long as the child
wasnt hurt, theres no need to worry. In
182 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
your position, if I knew he was all right,
Id forget about the whole thing.
Yes, perhaps youre right, she
said. All the same, I wish I had taken
my husbands advice. I had to stop for a
minute because I was trembling so much
that I couldnt go on.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What had her husband
recommended?
b) Why did she have a shock?
from the text.
a) The weather was nasty that day.
b) There was nobody hurt.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for:
punctual.
2. Find in the text a word which has the following
definition: meal you have at midday.
____ the morning I like having a cup of tea.
Speech: Charles said: I will tell Jim I saw
you.
I left my lighter in my house.
6. Complete the following sentence: If somebody
threw an egg at me, ...
You should always wear a safety belt. You
may have an accident.
meaning? reach // tremble // arrive // come to
tense: How often (you, go) to the cinema?
right (correct).
meaning of the following word: advice.
changes if necessary. I live in this street. The
street is very busy.
Texto 9
A Science Fiction Story
The spaceship flew around the
planet several times. The planet was
blue and green. They couldnt see the
surface of the planet because there were
too many white clouds. The spaceship
descended slowly through the clouds
and landed in the middle of a green
forest. The two astronauts put on their
space suits, opened the door, climbed
carefully down the ladder, and stepped
onto the planet.
The woman looked at a small control
unit on her arm. Its all right, she said
to the man.We can breathe the air ...
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 183
INGLS
its a mixture of oxygen and nitrogen.
Both of them took off their helmets
and breathed deeply. They looked at
everything carefully. All the plants and
animals looked new and strange. They
couldnt find any intelligent life.
After several hours, they returned
to their spaceship. Everything looked
normal. The man switched on the
controls, but nothing happened.
Somethings wrong, he said, I
dont understand ... the engines arent
working. He switched on the computer,
but that didnt work either. Eve, he
said, were stuck here ... we cant take
off! Dont worry, Adam, she replied.
Theyll rescue us soon.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What were their jobs?
b) Why couldnt they take off?
from the text.
a) The air was breathable.
b) There were people living on the
planet.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: centre.
following definition: go back to a place.
Peter usually has a salad ______ dinner.
Speech: Tom said: I will call my parents
tomorrow.
The weather was lovely on Sunday.
known it before, ...
BUT). Make any changes if necessary. The
kitchen floor was very dirty. I scrubbed it.
meaning? tiny // further // small // little
tense: Its ages that I last (receive) a letter
from Sally.
many.
meaning of the following word: strange.
changes if necessary. A woman opened the
door. I had met the woman before.
Texto 10
A Letter from Paris
Dear John,
thanks for your letter. Im sorry I havent
been able to write for two weeks, but Ive
184 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
had to do a lot of homework. My exams will
be in four weeks and I cant speak French
well enough yet.
Im very glad you want to come to
Paris. Will you be able to come soon? I
want to show you everything and I want
you to meet all my friends. Ive made a
lot of friends since I came here. Youll
have to speak French because they cant
speak English very well. It wont be too
difficult for you, will it? You studied
French at school, didnt you?
How long will you be able to stay?
Ive been able to find a little studio flat.
It wasnt easy to find. Flats are difficult
to find in Paris. Ill be able to cook a
real French dinner for you! I had to
find a flat because the hotel was too
expensive for me.
Love, Salome
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Why didnt she write for a long time?
b) Why did she have to get a flat?
from the text.
a) Salome seems to be a good cook.
b) Hotels in France arent cheap.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: not
easy.
following definition: a person you get on
well with.
The wine is _______ top of the fridge.
Speech: Lisa said: I am not going to call
your mother again.
I cleaned my shoes after dinner.
6. Complete the following sentence: If I were
you, ...
had to go home. I felt terrible.
8. Which word of the four has not the
same meaning? remain // stay // soon //
dwell.
tense: Sally (type) a letter at the moment.
expensive.
the meaning of the following word:
enough.
appropriate relative pronoun. Make
any changes if necessary. Peter gave me
a bag for my birthday. The bag is very
small.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 185
INGLS
2. Soluciones
de los textos
de nivel bsico
(Las respuestas de las cuestiones 6, 7,
10 y 11 del apartado 2 Use of English de
todos los textos son orientativas.)
Texto 1
1. Comprehension
1. a) There was a fire that morning in
Rochester
b) There were three people in the house,
a woman and her two children.
2. a) FALSE the small village of Rochester
b) FALSE Mr James Mannaham,
who was going to work
2. Use of English
1. call
2. neighbour
3. at
4. Peter said he had nothing to do.
5. What were the children playing?
6. ... I would travel around the world.
7. I buy a lot of CDs because I like music.
8. buy
9. met
10. fortunately
11. A wastepaper basket usually stands on the
floor, a typewriter stands on the desk and a
picture hangs on the wall.
12. Yesterday Peter saw a man who had stolen
a wallet.
Texto 2
1. Comprehension
1. a) He is famous because he is an actor.
b) It was an unhappy day because he himself
fell first, then the curtain fell down and in
the end he had an accident.
2. a) TRUE his car crashed into a tree in
the school playground
b) FALSE returned to his old village
today to open its new school
2. Use of English
1. string
2. presently
3. for
4. Sarah said she wouldnt be at home the
following weekend.
5. Who was playing tennis?
6. ... he would have braked.
7. It is raining so we cant go out.
8. let
9. has
10. push
11. When it gets dark we close the curtains so that
nobody can look in through the window.
12. The town, where we stayed for a week,
was lovely.
Texto 3
1. Comprehension
1. a) It is winter and the weather is bad.
b) The robber wasnt alone because
someone closed the door behind him.
186 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
2. a) FALSE he found food on the table
waiting to be prepared
b) TRUE He went up the steps
slowly
2. Use of English
1. shut
2. silently
3. of
4. Dorothy said she couldnt swim.
5. Where does father usually go by bus?
6. ... I would go to the beach.
7. I was having lunch when the phone rang.
8. demand
9. had seen
10. light
11. You have to go up a few steps to reach the
first floor.
12. I lost the wallet (that) they gave to me for
my birthday.
Texto 4
1. Comprehension
1. a) The film is about a young couples
strange experiences in a country
house.
b) People who love adventure and
murder should go and see that film.
2. a) FALSE Some of the furniture in the
house disappears and cant be found:
windows break and pictures fall off
the walls. At night they hear crying
noises, and when the moon is up loud
screams can be heard from the woods
nearby. // this leads them into some
very frightening situations
b) FALSE by Sidney Porter and
Judith Pityful who last appeared in
Love For Ever And Ever.
2. Use of English
1. woods
2. furniture
3. at
4. Carol said she would like to have a
drink.
5. When does Pat fly to England? // How
often...?
6. ... I would have enjoyed myself.
7. As I was feeling tired, I went to bed early.
8. become
9. went
10. single // divorced
11. When I saw the mouse on the floor, I
jumped onto the table, sat down and
shouted because I was really scared.
12. The man, who lives next door, is very
friendly.
Texto 5
1. Comprehension
1. a) If you are a member of a school team,
you may have to stay away from home
at weekends to play in other towns.
b) If the school has good teams, it may
become famous.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 187
INGLS
2. a) TRUE Sometimes parents, friends or
other students will travel with the
team to support the own side.
b) FALSE If someone is in a team it
means a lot of extra practice and often
spending a Saturday or Sunday away
from home, as many matches are
played then.
2. Use of English
1. participate
2. town
3. in
4. Tom said he had watched a good film on
TV at his brothers the Sunday before.
5. Who read an interesting article last night?
6. ... I would buy something nice.
7. It was very hot so I opened the window.
8. health
9. has been ironing
10. before
11. I associate politics with money.
12. We saw some people whose car had broken
down.
Texto 6
1. Comprehension
1. a) Nowadays a computer is the most
important device to make a
newspaper.
b) A hundred years ago many people had
to collaborate to make a newspaper:
a journalist, a typist, an editor and a
printer.
2. a) FALSE The printer, who was a
hardly skilled man
b) TRUE The computer checks their
spelling, plans the page, shapes the
articles. When the pages are ready,
another computer may control the
printing. // producing a newspaper
is an entirely different business now
2. Use of English
1. shape
2. nowadays
3. at
4. Sarah said she was going to have lunch.
5. What is your mother doing at the
moment?
6. ... I would accept it.
7. They went to the shops although it was
raining.
8. heavy
9. have you lived
10. out of
11. I am sure he has stolen the money; I have
no doubt.
12. We know a lot of people who live in
London.
Texto 7
1. Comprehension
1. a) The man had a toothache.
b) A dentist took a good tooth out.
2. a) FALSE At first I refused to go.
b) FALSE I went to the dentists to
have a tooth taken out
188 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
2. Use of English
1. apologise
2. wake up
3. with
4. Tom said he was feeling ill.
5. What are you frightened of?
6. ... my best friend let me down.
7. I wont talk to him until he apologises.
8. approve
9. drink
10. nothing
11. Peter is afraid of anything that moves or
makes noise, he is a real coward.
12. George works for a company that makes
typewriters.
Texto 8
1. Comprehension
1. a) He had recommended her to catch the
train.
b) She had a shock because she nearly had
had an accident and might have run over
a child.
2. a) TRUE who warned me that the roads
would be icy today
b) TRUE So long as the child wasnt
hurt // if I knew he was all right
2. Use of English
1. on time
2. lunch
3. In
4. Charles said he would tell Jim he had seen
me.
5. What did you leave in your house?
6. ... I would get very angry.
7. You should always wear a safety belt in
case you have an accident.
8. tremble
9. do you go
10. wrong
11. If I have a problem, I ask my friend for
advice.
12. I live in this street which is very busy.
Texto 9
1. Comprehension
1. a) They were astronauts.
b) They couldnt take off because the
engines and the computer werent
working.
2. a) TRUE We can breathe the air
b) FALSE They couldnt find any
intelligent life.
2. Use of English
1. middle
2. return
3. for
4. Tom said he would call his parents the
following day.
5. What was the weather on Sunday like?
6. ... I would have told you.
7. The kitchen floor was very dirty, so I
scrubbed it.
8. further
9. received
10. few
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 189
INGLS
11. I have never seen anything similar, it looks
very strange.
12. I had met the woman, who opened the door,
before.
Texto 10
1. Comprehension
1. a) She didnt write for a long time because
she had to study for her exams.
b) She had to get a flat because she
couldnt afford the hotel any longer.
2. a) TRUE Ill be able to cook a real
French dinner for you!
b) TRUE the hotel was too expensive for
me
2. Use of English
1. difficult
2. friend
3. on
4. Lisa said she was not going to call my
mother again.
5. When did you clean your shoes?
6. ... I would go to the party.
7. I had to go home because I felt terrible.
8. soon
9. is typing
10. cheap
11. There is a lot of beer in the fridge; Im sure
it will be enough for the party.
12. The bag (that) Peter gave me for my
birthday is very small.
3. Nivel intermedio
Texto 1
The Olympic Games 1992
After four unsuccessful attempts,
Barcelona was finally chosen over
five other cities to celebrate the 1992
Olympic Games. Barcelonas mayor
Pascual Maragall said: Spain is the
only country of importance in Western
Europe which has never held the
Games. Barcelonas latest candidacy
was carefully conceived and presented.
The organising committee budgeted
667 tickets sales, government and private
enterprise.
In addition, Spaniards are celebrating
in 1992 the 500th anniversary of the
discovery of America in Seville. The
mayor wants to welcome the athletes
just as Columbus was welcome by the
King and the Queen of Spain when he
returned to Barcelona.
The idea of holding the Games in
Barcelona originally took shape in 1913
but World War I interrupted it. Later,
the Games were celebrated in Paris and
Amsterdam. In the 1930s the Spanish
Civil War was the reason why the Games
were not celebrated in Spain, they were
passed over to Berlin. Nowadays the
city has built an Olympic Village near
the harbour, and a new Sports Hall to
hold 17.000 spectators. The Olympic
Committee has said that the spectacle
of Los Angeles will not be repeated.
The Games
must be human
and simple,
paying attention
to the world we
live in said the
Chairman.
190 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What does Maragall want to do?
b) What has postponed the celebration of
the Games in Spain?
from the text.
a) In 1992 Maragall was the mayor of
Barcelona.
b) The Olympic Village is far away from
the sea.
2. Use of English
business.
following definition: someone who watches
an event like a football match.
Its difficult to get ________ a camel.
Speech: Charles said: Tom had an
accident but he wasnt hurt.
My birthday is in May.
6. Complete the following sentence: If I had a
car, ...
BUT). Make any changes if necessary. He
smokes 20 cigarettes a day. He is quite fit.
meaning? say // utter // phone // speak
tense: (you / want) to go to the park for a
walk?
interrupt.
choose.
changes if necessary. The book is about a
girl. She runs away from home.
Texto 2
A British Warship
On 25 April 1942, during the Second
World War, a British warship lay in the
port of Murmansk, northern Russia. On
that day, 91 heavy boxes, containing 450
bars of gold, were loaded onto the ship.
These were going to be sent to Britain in
payment for food and guns Russia needed
because of the war. The warship was called
the Edinburgh, and she was used in these
cold and dangerous seas to protect merchant
ships against enemy submarines.
A few days after leaving Murmansk,
she was attacked by a submarine. A
large hole was made in her side and she
turned round, hoping to find safety in
Murmansk. As she made her way back
to the port, she was attacked once again.
On 2 May, she sank. Of the 800 crew,
60 went down with the ship. And with
those men sank the gold. For 39 years
the gold lay hidden inside the ship, 250
metres below the surface of one of the
most dangerous seas in the world. In the
North of England, there was a man who
believed that the gold could be rescued.
He was a diver, and he knew that
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 191
INGLS
developments in modern oil exploration
meant that divers were now able to stay
under water for much longer periods
than before. They could also work at
much greater depths. A special group of
experts was formed, and arrangements
were made with both the Russian and
the British governments. The ship was
found in May 1981. It was not until 16
September that the first gold was found.
During the next two weeks the divers
recovered 431 bars of gold.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) How did modern technology make the
rescue of the gold possible?
b) What was the mission of the
Edinburgh?
from the text.
a) The Edinburgh had been attacked
by a submarine.
b) The ship was found last century.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: remain.
following definition: people who work on
a plane or ship.
Hes _________ home.
Speech: Tom said: I cant come to the
party on Friday.
5. Give a question for the underlined word: I
am fine, thanks.
be disappointed if ...
There was rain. We enjoyed our holiday.
meaning? count // tidy // order // trim
tense: I (try) to open this box but I cant.
Could you help me?
tidy.
enemy.
changes if necessary. The storm caused a lot
of damage. Nobody had been expecting the
storm.
Texto 3
Ubar, the Cinematographic
Version
In 1981 a Los Angeles filmmaker
and adventurer called Nick Clapp
decided that he wanted to find the
ancient city of Ubar in Arabia. It was
from Ubar that the three Kings went to
Bethlehem when Jesus was born. They
192 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
brought frankincense from the Quara
Mountains, near Ubar to Bethlehem.
These caravan routes were discovered
by using infrared light from satellites.
Analysis was made by the Jet Propulsion
Laboratory in Pasadena, California.
Nick Clapp was also helped by a British
polar explorer called Sir Ranulph
Fiennes and Alan Jutzi, curator of rare
books at Huntington Library in San
Marino, California.
The legendary city of Ubar was built as
an imitation of Paradise, it was extremely
rich. It had vast fruit tree plantations. The
Historian Al Hamdani wrote about Ubar
in the 6th century AD. He said it was first
among the treasures of Arabia.
However the people of Ubar
became evil, like the people of Sodom
and Gomorrah, and the city was
destroyed by Allah. The story of the
citys cataclysmic destruction can be
found in The Arabian Nights. The city
had been built over an immense cavern.
One day the cavern collapsed, and the
city fell into a huge hole.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Why is Ubar similar to Eden?
b) What were the reasons for the
destruction?
from the text.
a) Arabian Nights is about the destruction
of Ubar.
b) Sir Fiennes could not help Mr Clapp.
2. Use of English
enormous.
following definition: very old and often
valuable.
Its _____ top of the hill.
Speech: Tim said: I will be here next
week.
Peter only teaches in the morning.
6. Complete the following sentence: If I lost
it, ...
said something last night. I still love you.
meaning? walk // go // wanton // travel on
foot
tense: When I arrived, Shirley (read) the
newspaper.
find.
meaning of the following word: treasure.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 193
INGLS
changes if necessary. She showed me a
photo of her son. Her son is a baker.
Texto 4
A Strange Interview
When I gave my name to the
woman at the reception desk and told
her why I had come, she seemed a bit
surprised.
Oh, uh well, just take a seat. Mr
Lambert will be here soon, she said, and
pointed to some chairs at the other end of
the room. Three young women all about
my age were sitting here. They gave me a
strange look, as if I shouldnt be there at all.
I sat down near the door and had another
look at the advertisement. I had come across
it in the local paper.
I had written a short letter about myself
and had got back a brief note, asking me to
come for an interview. What had surprised
me was the fact that they hadnt sent me a
proper application form to fill out or even
asked me for a photograph. And so, as I sat
there, waiting for Mr Lambert, I couldnt
help wondering if they realised I was a
man. I had signed the letter Chris Neale.
Did they think that Chris was short for
Christine and not Christopher? I had
done clerical work before, knew something
about computers, and spoke Spanish
fluently. But perhaps this was one of those
jobs open only to women, even though
they didnt say so.
After a while a man in his early thirties
came in. He had a sports jacket and jeans
on, and no tie. He didnt seem to notice me
and introduced himself as Jack Lambert to
the three women.
Id like to tell you a bit about the
company first, and then Ill interview
each of you separately. But wheres
the other girl uh, whats her
name? he said and looked at his list.
Chris Neale? I asked hesitantly.
Yes, he said as he turned round.
When
he saw me, he let
out a surprised oh.
Then he added,
That isnt you, is it?
I began to feel very
embarrassed.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Who were the other applicants, besides
Chris?
b) What must they have thought when
receiving Chris letter?
from the text.
a) Mr Lambert was not surprised when
he saw Chris.
b) Chris had sent a photograph.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: find by
chance.
following definition: a table with drawers.
He is standing ______ the queue.
194 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
Speech: Nora said: My mother was ill
yesterday.
Ill have to work a lot next week.
6. Complete the following sentence: I
wouldnt work there if...
She opened the letter. I watched her.
meaning? hurt // injure // damage //
humid.
tense: My parents (travel) around the
world for the last three months.
late.
the meaning of the following word: to
sign.
changes if necessary. Mark has gone into
hospital for some tests. His health hasnt
been very good lately.
Texto 5
A Yoghurt a Day Keeps the
Doctor Away
Yoghurt, milk fermented by bacteria
has been eaten throughout the world
for at least 4,000 years. Asians and
Europeans have their own names for this
time-honoured dietary food. In certain
languages the word for yoghurt means
life, reflecting a strong belief in its life-
giving properties. Today scientists are
actively investigating the possible health
benefits of yoghurt: its contribution to
good nutrition as well as its potential
for preventing and treating diseases.
Curiously, in certain Asian societies people
are said to live longer than 100 years, due
to their regular consumption of yoghurt.
The discovery of yoghurt has
been traced to on accident. According
to this probable story, a nomad carrying
a goatskin bag of milk on a long journey
across the desert opened the bag to find
not the liquid he had started out with but a
thick sour liquid instead. The heat and the
bacteria inside the bag had transformed the
milk into a new food. Over the centuries
many kinds of milk, including milk form
sheep, goats, cows, and even horses, have
been used to make this new food.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) In what sense is yoghurt a healthy
product?
b) Why are some people likely to be
centenarian?
from the text.
a) Yoghurt is restricted to one type of
milk.
b) Yoghurt has been discovered by
chance.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 195
INGLS
2. Use of English
characteristic.
following definition: liquid taken from
animals like cows.
She passed her hand ______ his
forehead.
Speech: Bill said: I havent seen you for a
week.
Peter is going to feed the baby.
understand ... (if)...
First he had a shower. After having the
shower he had a drink.
meaning? climb // catch // grasp // seize
tense: My sister (play) tennis in the park
last Friday when it started to rain.
inside.
throughout.
appropriate relative pronoun. Make
any changes if necessary. Next week
Im going to Bristol. My brother lives in
Bristol.
Texto 6
Fear of height
Our busy and absent-minded father
would never worry about us children;
our mother did worry. Yet she allowed
us to go off into the hills immediately
after breakfast, and did not complain
much when we came back long after
supper time. Though she had a bad
head for heights, she never restrained
us from climbing in dangerous places;
and we never got hurt. Having a bad
head for heights myself, I trained
myself deliberately and painfully to
overcome it. We used to go climbing
in the turrets and towers of Harlech
Castle. I have worked hard on myself
in defining and dispersing my terrors.
The simple fear of heights was the first
to overcome.
A quarry-face in the garden of our
Harlech house provided one or two
easy climbs, but gradually I invented
more and more difficult ones. With
each new success behind me I would
lie down, twitching with nervousness,
in the safe meadow grass at the top.
Once I lost my foothold on a ledge and
should have been killed; but it seemed
as though I improvised a foothold
in the air and kicked myself up to
safety from it. When I examined the
place afterwards, I recalled the Devils
Temptation to Jesus: the freedom
to cast oneself form the rock and be
restored to safety by the angels. Yet such
events are not uncommon in mountain
climbing. My friend George Mallory,
for instance, who later disappeared
close to the summit of Mount Everest,
once did an inexplicable climb on
Snowdon.
196 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What did she fight against to become a
climber?
b) What happened to a friend of hers?
from the text.
a) The author recalls a quotation from
the Bible.
b) Their mother forbade them to go
climbing.
2. Use of English
occupied.
following definition: finish ones life
brutally and unexpectedly.
We found a hut ________ the trees.
Speech: Meggy said: I am enjoying my
new job.
My grandfather got married in London.
6. Complete the following sentence: If I lost
my passport in a foreign country ...
often travel. I like foreign countries.
meaning? pause // pawn // break //
intermission.
tense: What (you / do) this weekend?
10. Find an antonym for the following words:
close to.
the meaning of the following word: tower.
changes if necessary. Last night we met a
woman. She is a millionaire.
Texto 7
Future or past: Suffering from
School Bus Smokers
A 13-year-old girl has stayed away
from school since Christmas because
under-age smokers on the school bus
gave her chronic smokers cough.
Jennifer Hall was a promising runner
and soccer player until she was forced to
breathe in cigarette fumes during the
twice-daily 45-minute trip from her
home in Frieth, Buckinghamshire, to
Great Marlow Comprehensive School.
Jennifer has no alternative to the bus
because she lives more than five miles
from the school.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 197
INGLS
The familys doctor confirmed
Jennifer is suffering from smokers
cough.
Jennifer said: I really hate smoking
and would never do it myself, but the
school bus is always filled with smoke.
Now I have this terrible cough and I
get really bad headaches. I have been off
school since Christmas because Im too
ill to go and my dad wont let me travel
on the bus in case all the smoke makes it
worse again.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Why doesnt have Jennifer another
way of getting to school than by bus?
b) When did Jennifer go to school for the
last time?
from the text.
a) The students on the bus are old enough
to smoke.
b) Jennifer was good at sports.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: obliged.
2. Find in the text a word which has the following
definition: a means of public transport.
She lives ________ the park.
Speech: Ann said: I dont like your haircut.
Tom works ten hours a day.
to take an examination, ...
Everything was over. I went home.
meaning? globe // ball // sphere // glaze.
9. Put the verb in brackets into the correct tense:
His hair is very short. He (have) a haircut.
worse.
meaning of the following word: breathe.
changes if necessary. This food has a strange
ingredient. The ingredient is very sweet.
Texto 8
Modern Communications
Within the decade, station-to-station
travel times between major European
cities will drop dramatically. Passengers
on the new high-speed trains using the
new tunnel under the English Channel
will travel from London to Paris in just
under three hours, compared with five
today. London and Cologne will be
just a bit more than four hours apart;
Barcelona will be five hours from Paris.
Scotsmen will be able to board a train in
Edinburgh after teatime and be skiing
in the Alps bright and early next day.
198 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
European rail traffic will quadruple
between now and 2015 and airlines will
almost certainly be the losers. To achieve
this they will be building 4,600 miles of
new track. The new rail network will
put France at the centre from which the
major lines radiate.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What will be done to increase rail-
travel?
b) How long will it take to get from
London to Cologne?
from the text.
a) Passengers can travel from London to
Paris in less than three hours.
b) In 2015 will be more trains than now.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: main
following definition: moment during the
day when you have a cup of tea, especially
in the afternoon.
Are you envious _______ her beauty?
Speech: Tim asked me: Where did you
go yesterday?
They talked about journeys.
invite Bill if...
Do you want coffee? Do you want tea?
meaning? can // must // could // may.
tense: We never (drink) coffee in the
evening.
city-centre.
the meaning of the following word: board.
changes if necessary. Tom owns a restaurant.
We ate in Toms restaurant last night.
Texto 9
Stress
In a stressful world which is full of
change, most of us have to cope with the
problems of growing up, going to school,
forming relationships, having children,
making a home, holding down a job,
bereavement, problems with children,
illness and much more besides. Many of
these problems are in no way our fault,
yet they can often have a profound effect
on our health, often reducing our ability
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 199
INGLS
to withstand infections and even making
us susceptible to killer diseases such as
cancer. Several studies have confirmed
that stress impairs the functioning of the
immune system.
The typical responses of individuals
to bad luck and stress vary enormously.
A few people seem to enjoy overcoming
problems but it is probably true to say
that more illness and disease is caused
by stressful events in peoples lives than
by real disease. But as well as these
external causes of stress and emotional
upheaval, there are many more internal
or self-generated causes and some people
are more likely to be
troubled with these
than are others. Beliefs
or personality types are
examples of these.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What kind of problems do we have to
face up to in our stressful times?
b) What does stress often reduce?
from the text.
a) Many people enjoy being confronted
with problems.
b) People have more diseases caused by
stress than real ones.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: change.
following definition: to state that something
is true.
I was horribly shocked ______ the
victims.
Speech: She asked me: Did you see Sally
last week?
Peter has been married for 15 years.
6. Complete the following sentence: If he
spoke more clearly, ...
lost my job. Ive been living at home.
meaning? hold // mean // contain //
enclose.
tense: I (not / finish) yet.
foreign
withstand.
changes if necessary. Tina is also coming
to the party. I met Tina on holiday last
summer.
Texto 10
Riddle of the Rings
Mysterious circles have suddenly
appeared in cornfields all over the world.
Theyve been seen in Japan, France and
Brazil, but southern England has the most.
Experts have put forward many
theories to explain the circles, but no-one
200 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
has ever seen them being made. They
could be the result of whirlwinds, or freak
storms; some people have been suggested
that they could be marks left by animals.
A professor from Glasgow University
has said: Its a very interesting mystery,
but none of the explanations seems to fit.
Of course, wed all like to believe that the
rings could be marks left after little green
men have landed their spaceships. But
scientists have rejected this idea. They say
that UFOs could not be the cause, because
not all the circles are round. The theories
involving animals, like hedgehogs or
deer, seem unlikely because no-one has
seen any animals behaving strangely.
And of course, whenever there is a
mystery like this, there are cynics who
say that the circles could be the work
of jokers. The most likely explanation
is the weather. Most experts believe the
whirlwind theory is the winner. They
think that strong, spiralling winds may
flatten the corn in the fields.
In the end we have to decide for
ourselves. We may never know the true
answer, unless, of course, someone
actually sees the little green men.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Which theory seems to be most
probable?
b) How have the circles been explained
too?
from the text.
a) All the circles have the same shape.
b) The circles have only appeared in
England.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: reason.
following definition: what cannot be
explained easily.
Peter got married _______ Sarah.
Speech: George asked us: Where shall we
meet?
Hamlet was written by Shakespeare.
6. Complete the following sentence: If the
weather had been better, ...
BUT). Make any changes if necessary. My
exam is next week. Im working very hard.
meaning? fragile // free // independent //
released
tense: They (arrive) three weeks ago.
land.
meaning of the following word: weather.
changes if necessary. I was born in a house.
The house is now for sale.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 201
INGLS
4. Soluciones
de los textos
de nivel intermedio
todos los textos son orientativas).
Texto 1
1. Comprehension
1. a) The mayor of Barcelona, Pascual
Maragall, wants to welcome the
participants of the Olympic Games
in the same way as Columbus was
received when he came back to that city.
b) The Games were not celebrated in
Spain before due to World War I and
the Spanish Civil War.
2. a) TRUE to celebrate the 1992 Olympic
Games, Barcelonas mayor Pascual
Margall said
b) FALSE an Olympic Village near
the harbour
2. Use of English
1. enterprise
2. spectator
3. on(to)
4. Charles said Tom had had an accident but
he hadnt been hurt.
5. When is your birthday?
6. ... I would travel around Spain.
7. Although he smokes 20 cigarettes a day, he
is quite fit.
8. phone
9. Do you want ...?
10. continue
11. They showed me three watches in the shop.
I liked them all, but I only could choose
one. I took the blue one.
12. The book is about a girl who runs away
from home.
Texto 2
1. Comprehension
1. a) The development in oil exploration
makes it possible for divers to stay a
long time under water and they can
dive much deeper.
b) The Edinburgh was originally used to
protect ships with products to be sold
against enemy submarines.
2. a) TRUE she was attacked by a
submarine
b) TRUE The ship was found in May
1981
2. Use of English
1. stay
2. crew
3. at
4. Tom said he couldnt come to the party on
Friday.
5. How are you?
6. ... my friend let me down.
7. In spite of the rain, we enjoyed our
holidays,
8. count
9. am trying
202 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
10. untidy
11. During the Cold War the U.S.A. and
Russia were enemies.
12. The storm, which nobody had been
expecting, caused a lot of damage.
Texto 3
1. Comprehension
1. a) Ubar is similar to Eden because Ubar
was built like an imitation of The
Paradise Eden and the city was very rich
with enormous plantations of fruit trees.
b) The main reason for Ubars destruction
was the collapse of the cavern it was
built on.
2. a) TRUE The story of the citys
cataclysmic destruction can be found in
The Arabian Nights.
b) FALSE Nick Clapp was also
helped by a British polar explorer
called Sir Ranulph Fiennes.
2. Use of English
1. immense/huge
2. ancient
3. on
4. Tim said he would be there the following
week.
5. When does Peter only teach?
6. ... I would be very sad.
7. Despite what I said last night, I still love
you.
8. wanton
9. was reading
10. lose
11. Children like stories in which someone
looks for a treasure, usually an old wooden
box full of coins and jewels.
12. She showed me a photo of her son, who is a
baker.
Texto 4
1. Comprehension
1. a) Chris was the only male applicant, the
others were female.
b) They probably thought that Chris
was the short form of Christine and
not of Christopher.
2. a) FALSE When he saw me, he let out a
surprised oh. Then he added, That
isnt you, is it?
b) FALSE they hadnt [...] even asked
me for a photograph
2. Use of English
1. come across
2. desk
3. in
4. Nora said her mother had been ill the day
before.
5. How much will you have to work next
week?
6. ... I didnt need the money.
7. I watched her as she opened the letter.
8. humid
9. have been travelling
10. early
11. Once I had handed in all the papers, I could
finally sign the form and hand it in too.
12. Mark, whose health hasnt been very good
lately, has gone into hospital for some tests.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 203
INGLS
Texto 5
1. Comprehension
1. a) Yoghurt is healthy because it is
basically a natural product (milk
fermented by bacteria).
b) People, who eat yoghurt daily, may
live more than 100 years.
2. a) FALSE Over the centuries many kinds
of milk, including milk form sheep,
goats, cows, and even horses, have
been used to make this new food.
b) TRUE The discovery of yoghurt
has been traced to on accident.
2. Use of English
1. property
2. milk
3. over
4. Bill said he hadnt seen me for a week.
5. Who is Peter going to feed?
6. ... him if he was angry with me.
7. First he had a shower, then he had a
drink.
8. climb
9. was playing
10. outside
11. It usually rains much in all the country so
the climate is wet throughout the country.
12. Next week Im going to Bristol, where my
brother lives.
Texto 6
1. Comprehension
1. a) She had to fight against her fear of
height because it is important for a
climber not to become sick when being
on the top of a mountain.
b) A friend of hers, called George
Mallory, had a strange experience
when climbing Snowdon. After years
George got lost near the peak of Mount
Everest.
2. a) TRUE I recalled the Devils
Temptation to Jesus.
b) FALSE she never restrained us from
climbing in dangerous places;
2. Use of English
1. busy
2. kill
3. among
4. Meggy said she was enjoying her new job.
5. Where did your grandfather get married?
6. ... I would go to the Spanish Embassy.
7. I often travel because I like foreign countries.
8. pawn
9. are you doing
10. far away
11. The Giralda is Sevilles and maybe
Spains most famous tower.
12. Last night we met a woman, who is a
millionaire.
Texto 7
1. Comprehension
1. a) Jennifer has to go by bus because it is
five miles from her home to the school.
b) Jennifer went to school for the last time
before Christmas.
2. a) FALSE because under-age smokers
on the school bus
204 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
b) TRUE Jennifer Hall was a
promising runner and soccer player.
2. Use of English
1. forced
2. bus
3. near
4. Ann said she didnt like my haircut.
5. How long does Tom work a day?
6. ... I would go to bed early the night
before.
7. When everything was over, I went home.
8. glaze
9. has had
10. better
11. At weekends I like going to the country
because I can breathe fresh air full of
oxygen.
12. This food has a strange ingredient, which
is very sweet.
Texto 8
1. Comprehension
1. a) To increase rail-travel 4.600 miles of
track will be built.
b) It will only take four hours to get from
London to Cologne.
2. a) TRUE will travel from London to
Paris in just under three hours,
b) TRUE European rail traffic will
quadruple between now and 2015.
2. Use of English
1. major
2. teatime
3. of
4. Tim asked me where I had gone the day
before.
5. What did they talk about?
6. ... I had his telephone number.
7. Do you want coffee or tea?
8. must
9. drink
10. outskirts
11. The passengers were all on board and the
plane took off.
12. Tom owns the restaurant where we ate last
night.
Texto 9
1. Comprehension
1. a) We have to face up to many problems
like adolescence, education, family
relation-ships, job selection or health.
b) Stress reduces our ability to fight
against infections and diseases.
2. a) FALSE A few people seem to enjoy
overcoming problems.
b) TRUE more illness and disease
is caused by stressful events in peoples
lives than by real disease
2. Use of English
1. vary
2. confirm
3. at
4. She asked me if I had seen Sally the week
before.
5. How long has Peter been married?
6. ... everyone could understand him.
7. Ive been living at home since I lost my
job.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 205
INGLS
8. mean
9. have not finished
10. home
11. Childrens furniture must withstand kicks
and blows.
12. Tina, who I met on holiday last summer,
is also coming to the party.
Texto 10
1. Comprehension
1. a) The most probable theory seems to
be the weather, to be more exact the
whirlwind theory.
b) There have been theories that involve
UFOs, animals or jokers.
2. a) FALSE not all the circles are round
b) FALSE ... all over the world. Theyve
been seen in Japan, France and Brazil,
2. Use of English
1. cause
2. mystery
3. to
4. George asked us where we should meet.
5. Who was Hamlet written by?
6. ... we would have gone for a walk.
7. My exam is next week so Im working
hard.
8. fragile
9. arrived
10. take off
11. Yesterday it was hot and sunny so the
weather was ideal to go to the beach.
12. I was born in a house, which is now for sale.
5. Nivel avanzado
Texto 1
War Minus the Shooting
Im always amazed when I hear
people saying that sport creates
friendship between the nations. Even
if one didnt know from ones own
experience that international sporting
contests frequently lead to violence, one
could deduce it from general principles.
Nearly all sports practised nowadays
are competitive. You play to win and
the game has little meaning unless you
do your best to win. On the village
football ground where you play with
your friends, it is possible to play simply
for fun; but when it is a question of
prestige, as soon as you feel that you
and some larger unit will be disgraced
if you lose, the most savage combative
instincts appear.
Anyone who has played even in a
school football match knows this. At
the international level sport is frankly
an imitation of war. But the significant
thing is not the behaviour of the players
but the attitude of the spectators, many
of whom seem to seriously believe that
running, jumping and kicking a ball are
tests of national virtue.
As soon as there are strong feelings
of rivalry, the notion of playing the
game according to the rules vanishes.
People want to see one side on top
and the other side humiliated and
they forget that victory gained through
cheating or the intervention of the
crowd has no meaning. Even when the
spectators dont intervene physically
they try to influence the game by
cheering their own side and insulting
206 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
the opposing players. Serious sport
has nothing to do with fair play. It is
mixed with hate,
jealousy, egoism,
disregard for rules
and sadistic pleasure
in violence: in other
words it is war minus
the shooting.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) How do spectators support their
teams?
b) What are sports at school like?
from the text.
a) Many spectators believe that physical
exercise is a test of national virtue.
b) Victory gained through cheating is
acceptable.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: beat
(someone)
following definition: the fact of only
thinking in oneself.
I was late ____ work today.
Speech: I have something to show to
you, I said to her.
I read a book by Miller last night.
6. Complete the following sentence: If he had
taken my advice ...
BUT). Make any changes if necessary. It
was raining. He didnt take his umbrella.
meaning? eject // egret // discharge // emit.
tense: (you / watch) television when I
phoned you?
lose
behaviour.
changes if necessary. Michael is very good
at playing football. Michael will be 20
years old next week.
Texto 2
Pictures Worth a Million Bytes
Among the flashy hardware and
software on display at last weeks First
World Supercomputer Exhibition in
Santa Clara, Calif., the small Corneill
National Supercomputer Facility best
attracted attention out of properties to
its size. There, on a large video screen,
more than a thousand stars wheeled
around a newly formed black hole, an
incredibly dense, bizarre entity with
gravity so strong that not even light
can escape from it. As nearby stars were
sucked in by its gravity the hole grew. By
the time the system stabilised, nearly half
its stars were gone. Conventioneers were
fascinated.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 207
INGLS
But not as much as scientists were.
Before their equations were converted
into computer images, astrophysicists
had predicted that only a tenth of many
stars in such a system would be eaten
by a black hole. This was no isolated
case. Across the nation, in disciplines
ranging from geophysics to medicine to
entomology, scientists are discovering that
computer images can () lead to a better
understanding of nature. Borrowing a leaf
from Hollywoods special effects back
(and in some cases hiring Hollywood
technicians), they are converting their
data into video form. Because the human
brain is exquisitely adapt at picking
up visual cues, scientists have begun
benefiting from what Robert Learidge
of the University of California at San
Francisco calls computer-sided insights.
Says Learidge, who uses 3-D graphics to
model biological processes Computer
images work as a window into what is
science so rather than just a scientific
result it has become an important test.
B
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Which was the most attractive piece at
Santa Clara computer exhibition?
b) What can computer images be used for
in science?
from the text.
a) The result on the computer screen was
according to astrophysicists predictable.
b) The last World Supercomputer
Exhibition was celebrated in Tokyo.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: change.
following definition: the part of the head
which allows us to think.
I went to the shop ____ buy the
newspaper.
Speech: Nothing grows in my garden,
she said.
Pat found the keys.
6. Complete the following sentence: If you
ate less, ...
She went abroad. She wanted to find a
better job.
meaning? change // chance // hap // luck
tense: My mother (never / travel) by air in
her life.
tiny.
meaning of the following word: predict.
changes if necessary. My uncles house is
for sale now. My uncles house was rebuilt
only five years ago.
208 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
Texto 3
Animal Cruelty in some
Remote Villages in Spain
Cockerels, geese, pigs, donkeys, cows
and bulls are often sacrificed on village
feast days which date back for centuries
and which commemorate a saint, local
legend or a long-forgotten battle.
The goat-throwing is included in a
dossier of 80 fiestas in which animals
are killed or tortured. The document,
compiled by the Madrid-based National
Association for the Defence of Animals,
has been handed to the European
Parliament in Strasbourg with the
result that there is now a sustained and
EC-backed campaign to halt Spains
outlandish and murderous festivals.
Incidents documented in the dossier
make gruesome reading. At some
festivals, young bulls and heifers are
stoned and later battered to death while
tethered. Bulls have their horns covered
with pitch which is set alight. Cockerels
are decapitated by youths on horseback.
Cows are stabbed with lances and pigs
covered with grease are thrown into the
sea to be fished from boats.
Spanish animal-lovers act as
undercover agents at these fiestas to
gather evidence for legal action while
European animal rights groups bombard
the authorities in Madrid and local
mayors with protest letters.
There were 11,000 letters to support
the mayor of Tossa del Mar on the Costa
Brava when he defied objectors and
banned bull-fighting from his resort last
year - the first town to do so in Spain.
Jos Garca Monge, a 30-year-old
former bank clerk, is the one full-time
official for the Spanish association
which operates from a one-room office
in a multi-storey building high above
Madrids Gran Via.
The organisation now has some
8,000 members. We are at last getting to
the public conscience but its only a start.
The help we get from the rest of Europe
is essential. Spain is very conscious of
its image abroad, he said. The mere
pressure that can be put on from the
outside to end these hideous rituals, the
better. Every protest letter counts. Spain
depends on its tourism and our campaign
is beginning to have an effect. He also
criticised the Catholic Church in Spain.
Many of these fiestas are held to mark
a saints day or other religious festival.
Many
are funded from collections
made by parish-priests.
Youths could never throw
goats from the church belfry
without the co-operation of
the local priest.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What does the European Parliament
support?
b) Why was the Catholic Church
criticised?
from the text.
a) Many people supported the mayor of
Tossa del Mar.
b) There are more than 50 celebrations
in which animals are tortured.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 209
INGLS
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: fight.
following definition: working eight hours
a day, five days a week.
I went to meet a friend ________ mine.
Speech: Im going away tomorrow,
mother, he said.
The house is at the end of the street.
6. Complete the following sentence: Well
send for the doctor if...
Im going to buy my son a computer. He
can practise at home.
meaning? portion // piece // peace // section
tense: These houses (build) 100 years ago.
start.
meaning of the following word: compile.
changes if necessary. A man has bought
our house. His children go to the same
school as ours.
Texto 4
The British Picnic
The British picnic originated in the
packed meal that the British worker took
to the fields when he was too far away to
come home for lunch. Indeed, the peasants
lunch of bread, cheese and beer, which is
so popular in many fashionable pubs today,
is precisely this: food to be carried. And it
is significant that the real old-style picnic is
most likely to be found in country pubs.
In 1575 a book entitled The Noble Art of
Venerie contained a picture showing Queen
Elizabeth and her courtiers picnicking, and
if you put them into modern clothes they
could well be at a picnic in the grand old
British tradition today: everyone eating with
their fingers cold chicken, ham in profusion,
with a few knives to cut off pieces, and huge
jugs of wine to wash down the food, for the
British seldom seem to have taken hot food
on picnics.
The 19th century novelist Surtees
is firm about a picnic being a formal
experience: A picnic is not a picnic
when there are well-arranged tables
and servants waiting. It is merely an
uncomfortable out-of-doors dinner. A
picnic needs a little of the trouble of life:
collecting wood, lighting the fire, boiling
the pot, buying or stealing the potatoes. It
is an excellent training for house-keeping,
and a pleasant way of developing the skill
of young ladies in an art that they will all
have to learn sooner or later.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What was the starting point of British
picnics?
b) What is Surtees opinion about picnics?
210 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
from the text.
a) Old-style picnics are still found
particularly in the country, not in
urban pubs.
b) At a picnic people normally use knives
and forks to eat.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: rarely.
following definition: stuff you can eat.
There was an interesting programme ___
_ TV last night.
Speech: Ive been in London for a
month, said Rupert.
She showed me a photograph.
6. Complete the following sentence: If she
practised more, ...
BUT). Make any changes if necessary. This
book is very interesting. I cant stop reading it.
meaning? pollute // tarnish // soil // spoil.
tense: Do you know how (planes / fly)?
cold.
meaning of the following word: pleasant.
changes if necessary. I was born in a town.
The town is full of tourists in summer.
Texto 5
How safe is rail travel?
Unlike air travel, which is regulated
internationally, rail travel is in many cases
controlled nationally. The degree of safety
of rail travel is therefore highly variable
from country to country, depending
on the degree of regulation and the
quality of regulation in the country
concerned. In Britain and the United
States rail passenger deaths work out at
an average of less than 10 rail passenger
deaths per year. Unfortunately, the rail
passenger deaths per year statistics in
the less developed parts of the world
are considerably higher than the rail
passenger deaths per year statistics are in
the western world.
In the UK over the last 25 years, there
has been an average of one train accident
for every million miles run. Because
individual trains carry such a large
number of passengers compared with
the number of passengers carried in cars,
buses and planes, this actually means that
the degree of risk is, comparatively, one
which is almost non-existent.
By far the greatest cause of railway
accidents is human error, either in
controlling or responding to signals. Recent
improvements in the numbers of accidents
are in large measure due to the introduction
of automatic and computerised signalling
equipment. Radio communication systems
between drivers and control centres have
also proved influential in reducing accidents.
With the continuing development of radio
communication systems and automatic
signalling systems we can look forward
to further reductions in what are already
impressively low accident rates.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 211
INGLS
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) Why isnt it very dangerous to travel
by train?
b) Why has the number of accidents
improved?
from the text.
a) Railway travel is always regulated
internationally.
b) In the western world less people
die in railway accidents than in
underdeveloped countries.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: more.
following definition: to move from one
part / town / country to another.
I need some information _____ hotels in
London.
Speech: I havent had time to visit the
Tower, said Harry.
There were six glasses on the tray.
6. Complete the following sentence: If there
isnt enough wine in that bottle, ...
They arrived in their room. They took off
their shoes.
meaning? mow // detach // detect // cut.
tense: Tom cant write. He (break) his
arm.
deterioration.
average.
changes if necessary. Judys horse went
lame only two weeks after shed bought it.
It cost her a lot of money.
Texto 6
The Silence of the Lambs
Clarice Starling, a trainee FBI agent,
is assigned to the case of Buffalo Bill, a
killer of women. When she is instructed
to visit Hannibal Lecter, another serial
killer imprisoned some time before, the
action really begins. Lecter, an eminent
psychoanalyst before turning to a life of
crime, eventually gives Starling some
leads which result in her discovery of
Buffalo Bill, but only after a number
of gruelling interviews during which
she is persuaded to reveal to him in an
almost Faustian exchange painful details
about her childhood. This interchange
between Lecter and Starling forms the
focus of the first half of the film, while
the second half concentrates on the
search for Buffalo Bill.
Based on a powerful novel of the
same name by Thomas Harris, The Silence
of The Lambs had the potential to become
one of the most frightening films of the
212 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
year. However, the expert and understated
direction of Demma, and the outstanding
performances of the two lead actors,
elevate the film from a mundane horror
movie to a slick, tense Hitchcockian
thriller in which almost everything is left
to the end. The performances of Foster
(Starling) and Hopkins (Lecter), two
well-respected actors with impeccable
track records, cannot be faulted, and
Hopkins soulless steel-blue stare will go
down in thriller cinema history.
The Silence of The Lambs is,
interestingly, and perhaps surprisingly,
given its topic, receiving some attention
as a feminist film. The reason for this is its
careful examination of the thoughts and
feelings of Starling, played to perfection
by Foster, whose appearance of weakness
and frailty (because of her sex and seize)
is offset by her strength of character and
search for the killer.
Viewers whose idea of a frightening
film is based on extreme violence and
rivers of blood may be disappointed
by the implicit violence and threat in
this film, but for those who appreciate
the suggested terror of the psychologic
thriller, this film may prove to be the
most frightening ever.
w
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What is each half of the film about?
b) Who is Lecter?
from the text.
a) There is much blood in Silence of the
Lambs.
b) The film is based on a book.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: maybe.
following definition: action that is not
allowed by law.
John has been in hospital ____ three days.
Speech: We have moved into our new
flat, said my aunt.
He had five bottles of champagne.
6. Complete the following sentence: If we
leave before breakfast, ...
They had breakfast. They were waiting
for the taxi.
meaning? naughty // nourish // feed //
maintain.
tense: The new computer system (install)
next month.
unknown.
meaning of the following word: thriller.
changes if necessary. Have you ever seen a
person? That person looks like their animal.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 213
INGLS
Texto 7
Autumn Hints from Paris
This autumn the accent is on earthy
colours, checked patterns and natural fabrics.
In Paris the autumn couture collections
have reflected a renewed interest in the
environment, with a return to the traditional
country look and a rejection of the strong
primary colours and sleek, sophisticated
power-dressing of the yuppie era.
Gianfranco Ferre, previous winner
of coutures most prestigious award,
The Golden Thimble, has come up with
nostalgic tight-waisted pastel silk suits.
Karl Lagerfeld, designing for Chanel,
displayed a range of brown and mustard
Victorian tweed riding outfits, formal yet
comfortable. For women generally, the
boxy shoulder-padded shape was definitely
out, replaced by a more curvaceous line.
Menswear displays the country
theme even more prominently. Every
collection contained several traditional dark
wool suits, often combined with boldly
striped shirts. But the box jacket is out,
replaced by a more figure-hugging shape
and narrower shoulders, complemented
by large 1950s pointed lapels. Last years
blues and greys are gone
and ochre and fawn are
this autumns shades, with
old-fashioned Scottish
plaids much in evidence.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What is the Golden Thimble?
b) What is out for men this autumn?
from the text.
a) Karl Lagerfeld works for Chanel.
b) New fashion is orientated towards
city-life.
2. Use of English
1. Find in the text one synonym for: come back.
following definition: a set of different
objects of the same kind.
There is somebody _____ the bus stop.
Speech: He said: My wife has just been
made a judge.
The officer wrote out an order.
6. Complete the following sentence: Id have
brought my coat if...
Come and find me! Finish first!
meaning? rescue // rest // repose // sleep.
tense: They asked whether (I / be) staying
for dinner.
modern.
autumn.
changes if necessary. Thank you for your
letter. I was very happy to get your letter.
214 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
Texto 8
The Emergence
of a New Language
Krio is the language spoken by
approximately two million people in
Sierra Leone, West Africa. The name
derives from creole the word
used to describe a language formed by
the mixing of two or more language
communities.
It has developed over hundreds
of years, as a direct result of the slave
trade in the 18th century. The need for
a common language for West Africans
originally came about as the captured
tribes people were taken to the coast to
board the slave ships bound for America
and the West Indies. The pidgin they
initially created was subsequently altered
by the contact with a number of European
languages, notably English, French and
Portuguese, on the long sea voyage.
The latter two languages diminished in
influence as the majority of slaves were
put to work on plantations owned by
the British or Americans; consequently
English became the greatest influence
and the unifying factor in the pidgins
being spoken at that time.
The next stage in the development
of Krio came in the early 19th century
with the abolition of the slave trade.
This meant that Britain returned a large
number of slaves from the West Indies
to Sierra Leone. Naturally, they took
their language back with them, where it
became accepted as a lingua franca. Its
final influence was that of Yoruba, the
predominant indigenous language.
The current position of Krio is that
of a flourishing language. Whereas many
African governments have discouraged
the use of creole, the
government of Si-
erra Leone has always
encouraged the ac-
ceptance of Krio as an
official, albeit only oral,
language in the country.
1. Comprehension
YOUR OWN WORDS.
a) What has the government of Sierra
Leone been doing?
b) What was the pidgin originally?
from the text.
a) Krio comes from the word creole.
b) Krio is a dying language nowadays.
2. Use of English
journey.
following definition: part of the land
which meets the sea.
3. Fill in the gap with the correct preposition: I
spoke to Carol ____ the phone last night.
Speech: I have a German lesson this
afternoon, said the small boy.
We have lunch at two oclock.
6. Complete the following sentence: If you
had any sense, ...
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 215
INGLS
was allowed in the disco. Im over eighteen
years old.
meaning? desert // dessert // waste // desolate.
tense: Wait here until I (call) you.
dividing.
the meaning of the following word: slave.
changes if necessary. The population of
London is now falling. London was once
the largest city in the world.
6. Soluciones
de los textos
de nivel avanzado
todos los textos son orientativas).
Texto 1
1. Comprehension
1. a) Spectators usually support their own
teams by cheering them up whereas they
normally boo at the opposite teams.
b) At school sports start to be competitive.
Players participate to win.
2. a) TRUE spectators, many of whom
seem to seriously believe that running,
jumping and kicking a ball are tests of
national virtue
b) FALSE that victory gained through
cheating [...] has no meaning
2. Use of English
1. win
2. egoism
3. for
4. I told her I had something to show her.
5. Which book did you read last night?
6. ..., he wouldnt have had an accident.
7. Although it was raining, he didnt take his
umbrella.
8. egret
9. Were you watching
10. find
11. His parents educated him very well so
nobody ever criticized his behaviour.
12. Michael, who will be 20 years old next
week, is very good at playing football.
Texto 2
1. Comprehension
1. a) The most attractive piece was a large
video screen on which people could
see stars around a black hole which
absorbed the stars step by step.
b) Computer images can show us how
science works and not only the results.
2. a) FALSE nearly half its stars were
gone astrophysicists had predicted
that only a tenth of many stars in such
a system would be eaten by a black
hole
b) FALSE at last weeks First World
Supercomputer Exhibition in Santa
Clara
216 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
2. Use of English
1. convert
2. brain
3. to
4. She said nothing grew in her garden.
5. Who found the keys?
6. ... you would lose weight.
7. She went abroad in order to find a better
job.
8. change.
9. has never travelled
10. large
11. The weather scientists predicted a fine
summer and we actually had wonderful
weather.
12. My uncles house, which was rebuilt only
five years ago, is for sale now.
Texto 3
1. Comprehension
1. a) The European Parliament supports
the idea of stopping Spains cruel
festivals.
b) The Church was criticized because
many times it supports these cruel
festivals as they remind religious
dates.
2. a) TRUE There were 11,000 letters to
support the mayor of Tossa del Mar
b) TRUE a dossier of 80 fiestas in
which animals are killed or tortured
2. Use of English
1. battle
2. full-time
3. of
4. He told his mother he was going away the
following day.
5. Where is the house?
6. ... he doesnt get better.
7. Im going to buy my son a new computer
so that he can practice at home.
8. peace
9. were built
10. halt / end
11. She compiled enough information on her
tour of South American capitals to write a
book.
12. A man whose children go the same school
as ours has bought our house.
Texto 4
1. Comprehension
1. a) The starting point was the meal
British workmen took to the field
when they couldnt go back home to
have lunch.
b) Surtees thinks that a picnic can only be
called such if it involves some problems or
adventures like collecting wood or lighting
a fire.
2. a) TRUE And it is significant that the
real old-style picnic is most likely to be
found in country pubs.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 217
INGLS
b) FALSE everyone eating with their
fingers cold chicken, [...] with a few
knives to cut off pieces
2. Use of English
1. seldom
2. food
3. on
4. Rupert said he had been in London for a
month.
5. Who did she show the photographs?
6. ..., she would pass the exam easily.
7. This book, which I cant stop reading, is
very interesting.
8. spoil
9. planes fly?
10. hot
11. What a pleasant surprise, its really
lovely!
12. I was born in a town, which is full of
tourists in summer.
Texto 5
1. Comprehension
1. a) It isnt very dangerous to travel by
train because, for example, in Great
Britain, there was only one accident
for one million miles run by train last
year.
b) The number of accidents has improved
because the signalling equipment has
been automated and computerised.
2. a) FALSE , rail travel is in many cases
controlled nationally
b) TRUE the rail passenger deaths per
year statistics in the less developed parts
of the world are considerably higher
than the rail passenger deaths per year
statistics are in the western world
2. Use of English
1. further
2. travel
3. about
4. Harry said he hadnt had time to visit the
Tower.
5. How many glasses were there on the tray?
6. ..., open the red one which is in the fridge.
7. When they arrived in their room, they took
off their shoes.
8. detect
9. has broken
10. improvement
11. He received 35 letters this week. That
makes an average of five letters a day.
12. Judys horse, which cost her a lot of money,
went lame only two weeks after shed
bought it.
Texto 6
1. Comprehension
1. a) The first part is mainly focussed on
conversations between Lecter and
Starling whereas the rest is above all
about the search of Buffalo Bill.
b) Lecter had been an important
psychoanalyst who later became a
criminal.
2. a) FALSE Viewers whose idea of a
frightening film is based on extreme
218 ANEXO 2: TEXTOS
violence and rivers of blood may
be disappointed by the implicit
violence
b) TRUE Based on a powerful novel
of the same name by Thomas Harris,
The Silence of The Lambs
2. Use of English
1. perhaps
2. crime
3. for
4. My aunt said they had moved into their
new flat.
5. How many bottles of champagne had he?
6. ..., well get there at midday.
7. They had breakfast while they were
waiting for the taxi.
8. naughty
9. is being installed
10. eminent
11. Agatha Christie wrote many thrillers.
12. Have you ever seen a person who looks
like their animal?
Texto 7
1. Comprehension
1. a) The Golden Thimble is the most
important award in the world of
coutures.
b) Concerning menswear, the box jacket
is no longer in, neither are the colours
grey or blue.
2. a) TRUE Karl Lagerfeld, designing
for Chanel
b) FALSE a return to the traditional
country look Menswear displays
the country theme even more
prominently.
2. Use of English
1. return
2. range
3. at
4. He said his wife had just been made a
judge.
5. What did the officer do?
6. ... I had known it was so cold.
7. Come and find me as soon as you finish!
8. rescue
9. I was
10. traditional
11. The order of the four seasons is the
following: spring, summer, autumn,
winter.
12. Thank you for your letter, which I was
very happy to get.
Texto 8
1. Comprehension
1. a) The government of Sierra Leona has
been encouraging the people to accept
Krio as an official language in the
country.
b) The pidgin was originally the language
used by people on board of the slave
ships, which went to America and the
West Indies.
ANEXO 2: TEXTOS 219
INGLS
2. a) TRUE Krio is the language ...
The name derives from creole.
b) FALSE The current position of Krio
is that of a flourishing language.
2. Use of English
1. voyage
2. coast
3. on
4. The small boy said he had a German
lesson that afternoon.
5. When do you have lunch?
6. ... you wouldnt marry him.
7. I was allowed in the disco because Im over
18.
8. dessert
9. call
10. unifying
11. In former times rich people in America had
slaves to work for them. Roots is a good
book to read if you are interested in their lives.
12. London, whose population is now falling,
was once the largest city in the world.
Anexo
Redacciones
1. La redaccin
2. Ejemplos de redacciones
En este anexo damos una serie de consejos y los pasos que se deben
seguir a la hora de abordar los ejercicios de redaccin.
Tambin ofrecemos una amplia gama de redacciones orientativas
sobre temas muy diversos.
3
ANEXO 3: REDACCIONES 223
INGLS
1. La redaccin
Para redactar en ingls es convenien-
te seguir los siguientes consejos:
1. No intentes usar en ingls las mis-
mas expresiones (tal vez excelentes,
pero a veces complicadas) que en
castellano. Muchas personas que es-
tn aprendiendo otro idioma tratan
de lucir su nuevo vocabulario y ter-
minan escribiendo frases largas con
palabras mal empleadas. Es mejor es-
cribir frases cortas y sencillas, aunque
puedan parecer muy simples.
2. Procura emplear el sujeto y el pre-
dicado, igual que en castellano. Las
oraciones tienen que contar lo que
hace o siente (verbo) alguien o algu-
na cosa (el sujeto). No abuses de las
palabras que terminan en "ing".
3. Aconsejamos el uso de diccionarios
monolinges, pues en ellos aparecen
las distintas acepciones de cada pala-
bra. No obstante, a veces es necesa-
rio el uso de diccionarios bilinges,
por ejemplo cuando se necesita saber
como se dice una palabra en ingls.
Es recomendable limitar el uso del
diccionario bilinge a estos casos.
Estos diccionarios bilinges deben
presentar las palabras en el contexto
de oraciones modelos.
Despus de estos consejos generales,
queremos hacer hincapi en los pasos
que se deben seguir al redactar:
1. Asegurarse que se ha entendido el
tema de la redaccin.
2. Planificar la redaccin. Hacer una lis-
ta de ideas que estn relacionadas con
el tema. Tendremos en cuenta que
cada redaccin debe tener al menos
tres partes: introduccin, parte cen-
tral y conclusin. Si se trata de una
redaccin sobre ventajas y desventa-
jas, debe tener cuatro: introduccin,
ventajas, desventajas y conclusin.
3. Buscar el vocabulario correspon-
diente en ingls. Si trabajas con un
diccionario bilinge, es conveniente
comprobar la aceptacin de la pala-
bra en el apartado INGLS ESPA-
OL.
4. A partir de este paso debemos ol-
vidarnos del castellano e intentar
expresar las ideas en ingls. NO se
debe hacer la redaccin primero en
castellano y despus traducirla. Es
importante utilizar estructuras y ex-
presiones de las cuales estamos con-
vencidos que sean adecuadas.
5. Una vez que hemos escrito todo el
texto, lo apartamos y cuando pase un
tiempo (unos minutos) volvemos a
leerlo.
6. Corregimos posibles fallos (pero
cuidado, muchas veces utilizamos de
forma intuitiva expresiones correc-
tas y al revisarlas pensamos que son
errneas). Repasamos la ortografa y
pasamos la redaccin a limpio.
2. Ejemplos
de redacciones
A continuacin, presentamos una
serie de redacciones orientativas sobre
temas diferentes. Las cinco primeras re-
dacciones corresponden a un nivel bsi-
co, y las posteriores a niveles ms altos.
Redaccin n. 1
Explique lo que hara si ganara cinco
millones de euros en la lotera. (100 -150
palabras)
224 ANEXO 3: REDACCIONES
What would you do if you won
the lottery?
In Spain a lot of people play the
lottery because they hope to win and
have the chance to live a better life.
If I won the lottery, first I would buy
a big house in the country. I would live
there with my family. I would open my
own business, but I would not work
much. I would have employees who
would work for me. This way I would
earn more money. Whenever I could,
I would go on journeys because I love
travelling. First, I would like to know
Europe and later I would also travel to
Australia and Asia.
As I am down to earth, I know I have
to get up early tomorrow, go to work and
earn money.
Redaccin n. 2
Hable de un encuentro con una per-
sona famosa. (100-150 palabras)
Have you ever met a famous person?
Tell the story of your meeting. (It can be
a real story or you can make it up.)
Shakira
I have to travel a lot in my job that is
why I went to London a week ago.
On that journey I met a famous
person. Can you guess who? It was
Shakira! I was flying from Berlin to
London. The plane was really crowded.
There was no seat left in the first class.
Suddenly the stewardess came up to me
and asked if I would mind to sit by the
aisle instead of sitting next to the window.
I was a bit surprised, but I agreed. I stood
up to let the other person sit down and
what was my surprise? This person was
Shakira!
As you can imagine I was too
surprised to talk to her, but she is a
beautiful women.
Redaccin n. 3
Describa sus impresiones sobre el
ataque terrorista del 11-M en Madrid.
(80-100 palabras)
Describe what you did and what you
felt when you heard about the terrorist
attack in Madrid on March 11th.
Madrid, March 11th
To begin with, I want to say that the
terrorist attack in Madrid was a terrible
event.
As far as I can remember, I was
at work when I first heard about it. A
friend of mine called me and told me to
keep an eye on the news by surfing the
Internet. As time went by, we really could
not believe our eyes and felt absolute
helplessness.
To conclude, I would like to say that
politicians all over the world should
do everything to avoid future terrorist
attacks of this kind.
Redaccin n. 4
Elabore una redaccin en la que
cuente lo que hizo este verano (lugares
que visit, actividades que realiz, per-
sonas con las que estuvo). (150-200
palabras)
Last summer
Last summer I went to Andalusia
because I had never been there before.
First, I went to Granada. I visited the
Alhambra and stayed with some friends.
In the evenings we went to a lot of clubs
and discos. We didnt go to bed until three
INGLS
or four in the morning because it was very
hot and we couldnt sleep anyway. Then
I went to Jaen. There I stayed with my
aunt and uncle. They have got a farm so
I did some horse-riding and helped them
feed the animals they have. I had a great
time there. Afterwards I went to Seville.
As I dont know anybody there, I stayed
in hotel. I had some money left so I stayed
in a luxury hotel and really relaxed. I
visited all Sevilles monuments and in the
evenings I went to some well-known bars
and met a lot of interesting people.
After four weeks I took a plane and
came back here. I hope to have enough
money next summer to go to Spain again.
I love the country and its people.
Redaccin n. 5
Elabore una composicin en la que
cuenta dnde vive, a qu se dedica, qu
hace cada da, cmo es su familia y cules
son sus aficiones preferidas. (150 a 200
palabras)
My life
I live in Santiago. Santiago is in the
north of Spain, it has about 100.000
inhabitants.
I live with my parents because I do not
earn enough money to live on my own.
We live in a small house in the outskirts
of the town. My brothers and sisters are
married and live with their families. In
the mornings I go to work. I am a cleaner
and I need the money. I dont like my
job because its really hard work and not
well-paid. In the afternoons I usually
study to pass my exams. Only on Friday
and Saturday I go out with my friends
to the cinema or to a pub. I like doing
outdoor sports. I have got a bicycle and
a motorbike. In winter I prefer to stay at
home and watch TV or read some books.
In summer I like going to the beach.
There I practise all kind of watersports
such as sailing, diving or swimming.
If I pass the exam next June, I will
take up studies at university to become
a teacher.
Redaccin n. 6
Escribe unas lneas sobre qu cam-
bios ha habido en los ltimos 100 aos
en Espaa, con respecto a los roles del
hombre y la mujer. (100 a 150 palabras)
Men and women
To begin with, it is important to
underline that gender roles have changed
a lot in the last 100 years.
100 years ago women were only
housewives and they had to look after the
big family. They did not have the right to
vote; they neither had their own money
nor rights to own houses. Nowadays
women have the same rights as men, but
they still have to fight more. A woman
who works also after has to do the
household and look after the children.
Nevertheless, there are many electrical
appliances that make housework easier.
To conclude, we must say that men
nowadays are doing a better job of sharing
household chores, but it does not seem
to be enough.
Redaccin n. 7
Describe las diferencias entre Espaa
y Gran Bretaa (100 a 150 palabras)
Describe in which ways Britain is
different from Spain. You can write
about:
Peoples daily routines
Peoples houses
The weather
Food
Opening and closing times of
shops, banks, pubs...
Spain and Britain
First, it is necessary to keep in
mind that Britain (or rather the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland) is a northern country whereas
Spain is southern one.
In Britain people usually get up very
early, they also go to bed quite early, at
about eleven oclock. Above all in winter,
people stay at home in the afternoons and
evenings because the weather is quite bad.
That is why English homes are generally
very comfortable and all of them have
central heating. Although people say that
English food is not good, I must say that
I think it is healthier than Spanish food.
English people eat more vegetables.
To conclude, I want to mention that
all public places close earlier than in
Spain. Just think of pubs, they close at
eleven oclock!
Redaccin n. 8
Descripcin de una persona. (100 a
150 palabras)
Write a description of someone you
know. Include information about their:
Age
Appearance
Job
Home/car/family
Hobbies
Personality
My father
My fathers name is John. He is 45
years old although he looks a lot younger.
Many people think he is my brother.
He is tall, slim and always smiling. He has
brown hair and brown eyes, too. As he is
short-sighted, he has to wear glasses. My
father is a teacher. He works at a Primary
School, but he does not like his job very
much. In the afternoons he is at home and
has time to look after his car. This is his
biggest hobby: cars. In the early evening
he helps my younger sister with her
homework, but he is not very patient.
All in all I have to say that he is a
wonderful father and a loving husband.
Redaccin n. 9
Escribe una invitacin a un amigo
(50 a 60 palabras)
Write an invitation to a friend. Use
these questions to organize your ideas:
where do you go?
Where is it?; when is it?
What time?
Who do you go with?...
Invitation
Dear Phil,
I would like to invite you to a Barbecue
in the Local Rowing Club. The party is
on Saturday evening. It starts at half past
seven. We could meet here, in my house,
an hour before and go there by bus. My
brothers are also coming. Please let me
know if you can come.
Redaccin n. 10
Escribe sobre tus planes para el futu-
ro (100 a 130 palabras)
INGLS
Write about your plans for the future.
Write about what youre going to do and
what youre not going to do.
Plans for the future
In the first place it is necessary for
you to know that I am taking my A-levels
this summer.
Next year I am going to study at
university. I dont know yet which
subjects I am going to study. I only know
that I am not going to study philosophy
or psychology because I dont like either.
Maybe I am going to study mathematics,
its a great subject! Next week I am going
to university to enrol so I must decide.
As I want to stay here in Cambridge,
the final decision will not only depend
on me, but also on the university. I hope
to be admitted!
Redaccin n. 11
Descripcin de un deportista famoso
(100 a 130 palabras)
Describe a sports star. Use these
questions to organize your ideas: Whats
his/her name?; What sports does he/she do?;
How old is he/she?; Where is he/she from?;
Where does she/he usually live?; What other
things do you know about him/her?
Sports stars
At present there are many sports
stars. Most of them earn a lot of (maybe
too much) money.
By way of example, I will describe
Pel who is a Brazilian football star.
His real name is Edson Arantes do
Nascimento. He was born on 23 October
1940 in Tres Coracoes, Brazil. He started
to play football when he was a child. At
the age of fifteen he became an important
player for Brazilian clubs. Pele scored
more than thousand goals and won three
World Championships.
Nowadays he works for his own
important sports wear company and
earns a lot of money. You can see him in
some television programmes where he
tries to promote football.
Redaccin n. 12
Escriba un texto contando lo que sola
hacer cuando tena 15 aos, (hobbies, jue-
gos, lugar de residencia, familia, amigos, es-
cuela, deportes, etc.). (150 a 200 palabras)
What I used to do
At the time I was fifteen, I lived with
my parents. Nowadays I do not live with
them because they moved to Madrid,
but I stayed here in Tenerife. Now I live
with my uncle, aunt and cousins.
When I was fifteen, I used to play
football a lot. I went to the football
ground three times a week. At the
weekends we had to play official matches
and I sometimes had to stay away from
home because we had to travel. Then, in
March, I broke my ankle and I could not
play any more. I used to go to Mancros
School. It was a big school with more
than five hundred pupils. Last month
the school was demolished because it
was too old and it would have been too
expensive to renovate it.
Many of the friends I had then are
now married and have their own families,
that is why I do not meet them very often.
I was very happy when I was fifteen.
Redaccin n. 13
Una carta (150 a 170 palabras)
You would like to study in England.
Your family have given you the address
of some old friends you have never met.
Write a letter to the English family to:
Introduce yourself and give them
some news of your own family
Say why you want to go to England
Ask if you can stay with them
Ask about language schools near the
English family
A letter
Dear Mr and Mrs Gosney,
My name is Samantha. I am Peter and
Anas daughter. They are old friends of
yours. I am 23 years old now and I study
at Madrid University. I study Tourism
and I need to improve my English. That
is why I want to go to England. I would
like to find a job there and I would like to
work, maybe in a restaurant or in a hotel.
My parents told me you had a big
house and you usually do not mind
visitors. As I do not know anybody else
in England, I wanted to ask you, if I
could stay at your house at least until I
find a flat.
Are there any language schools
near your home? I would like to go to
school in the morning and work in the
afternoon or evening. I could also pay
you for accommodating me.
I look forward to hearing from you
soon.
Redaccin n. 14
Una experiencia extraa (150 pala-
bras)
You have to write about something
strange or special that has happened to
you or that you have dreamed.
A strange dream
To start with, I have to explain that
I went to the cinema yesterday and
watched a very strange film. I did not
quite understand it.
Then, while I was asleep, I had a
strange dream. I was in a car. There were
two men with me, but I didnt know
them. They wanted to kidnap me. They
asked me to call my parents and ask them
for 100,000. I told them that my parents
had died in China many years ago, but
they didnt believe me. I gave them my
mobile phone and told them to call my
friends and ask them if I was telling the
truth. They stopped the car at a nightclub,
closed it from outside and went into the
club to phone.
Luckily, they did not know that I had
a screwdriver and could open the door.
Thats how I escaped and suddenly I
woke up.
Redaccin n. 15
Mi pas favorito (120 palabras)
Write a text about a village/a city/ a
country you love. Say where it is, what it
is like and why you like it.
Germany
Germany is a very big country after
East and West Germany signed a treaty to
join legal and political systems.
I love that country. There are so many
forests and green fields. In the south
there are many mountains and some
glaciers. As I like doing outdoor sports,
Germany is ideal. In summer it is not
too hot, so you can cycling and climbing.
Once you are on top of a mountain, the
INGLS
view is marvellous. You can also go on
excursions to the hills in the centre of
the country. In the big cities, like Berlin
you can visit a lot of monuments.
I would like to visit Germany again
because I do not know the northern part
of the country.
Redaccin n. 16
Haga una descripcin de ustud
mismo/a. (120 palabras)
Write a description of yourself.
Description
My name is Anne Winter and Im
sixteen years old. I live in Bootle, in
the north-west of England. Next year
Im going to start to study for my A
levels at Wineside College. Im going
to study Maths, Biology and Chemistry
there because I want to study Science at
university.
My parents names are John and
Hillary. They both work, my dad as an
engineer and mum as a secretary. Ive
got one sister called Tina. Shes studying
French at London University, so we
dont see her very often.
My favourite hobbies are reading and
just talking to friends. Im not really into
sport, but I like walking and listening to
music. I enjoy going to the cinema with
my friends on Fridays.
Redaccin n. 17
Escriba una carta a un amigo/a ingls/
a. (150 a 170 palabras)
Write a letter to an English friend.
A letter
c/ Mayor 5
28042 Madrid
5th April 2008
Dear Pamela,
It was great to hear from you last
week. Im sorry its taken me so long to
write, but I was in bed with chicken pox
last week.
In your last letter you asked me to
recommend something typically Spanish
to cook for your family and friends. I
asked my mother and she suggested
Stew. Its not difficult to make and it
is not very expensive. You can find the
recipe on the Internet.
I thought you would like the book
I'm sending you with this letter. I saw it
in the bookshop and thought it would
make you laugh. I know youve always
wanted to live in Greece. Anyway, I hope
you enjoy it and find time to read it
before you return to school.
Anyway, I have to go now. Im going
out to an Irish pub with Samuel tonight
and I have to get ready. Ill write again
soon to tell you all about it!
Lots of love,
Juana
Redaccin n. 18
Escriba sobre un acontecimiento
importante en su vida. (150 a 200
palabras)
Write about an important event in
your life.
When I went to France
When I was 19, I went to France. I
had been there once before, when I was
twelve, but that time it had been with my
parents. This time I was going on my own
and I was going to stay for a semester.
My favourite subject at school had
always been French, and my French
teacher helped me to find a job in a
restaurant in Normandy. The owner of
the restaurant came to meet me when
my plane arrived in Caen. She was very
friendly and looked after me well.
Of course, in the beginning, I was quite
nervous; because this was the first time I
had lived away from home. Everything
was so different; I was in a different
country, eating different food, and above all,
speaking a different language. What I clearly
remember is that I could understand nearly
everything, but at first, it was difficult to say
anything because it took a long time to make
a sentence. I felt very frustrated. However,
after some time I started to become more
fluent, and in the end I could join in all
the conversations. It was a marvellous
experience and I learned a lot.
Redaccin n. 19
Escriba sobre un sueo que tuvo.
(200 palabras)
Write about a dream you had.
My dream
I am going to write about a dream I
had last night.
I dreamed I was walking in a green
forest when I suddenly heard someone
calling my name. I looked up and saw a
boy my age. I didnt know the boy, but as
soon as I saw his face, I felt I had known
him all my life. I tried to reach him but
by the time I came near, he turned and
walked away. Then he started to run. I
ran after him, but he was running too
fast. He ran until he reached the road
at the end of the green forest. But he
didnt stop! While I was watching, he ran
straight into the middle of all the traffic
and disappeared. I was frightened!
I woke up crying. My father came into
my bedroom and asked what was wrong.
After I had finished telling him about my
dream, he was as white as a ghost. He said
that the boy in the dream had been his best
friend, he had run into a car at the end of
a green forest. Dad was so shocked by the
tragedy that he had never told anybody
about it until last night.
Redaccin n. 20
Escriba la biografa de un personaje
famoso. (120 palabras)
Write a biography of a famous
person.
John Travolta
John Travolta was born in the 50s
in New Jersey. He had five brothers
and sisters. He was the youngest of the
children. John got his first job as an
actor in a local workshop when he was
12. At the age of 16, he left High School
to become a full-time actor and he has
been acting ever since.
From 1970 to 1980, John starred
in the films Saturday Night Fever,
Grease and Urban Cowboy. He won
the award of best actor for his role in
Saturday Night Fever, but in the 1980s
he had no starring roles in films.
Since 1990, John Travolta has made
a comeback and has starred in successful
films like Pulp Fiction, Get Shorty,
Comeback Kid, Michael and others.
Anexo
Exmenes resueltos
de distintas comunidades
autnomas
En este anexo hacemos una recopilacin de los exmenes propuestos
en varias convocatorias de la Prueba de Acceso a Ciclos Formativos
de Grado Superior de algunas Comunidades Autnomas.
Despus del enunciado de cada examen damos las respuestas
a las cuestiones y ejercicios del mismo.
4
ANEXO 4: EXAMENES RESUELTOS DE DISTINTAS COMUNIDADES AUTNOMAS 233
INGLS
Examen n. 1.
Canarias
Translate this text and answer
the questions below
Dear Ann,
here I am in Manchester, the weather
is not fine and its raining and very cold
for this time of the year. Im having
a great time here, although after four
weeks I want to go back home. It was
my birthday last Wednesday and I had a
fantastic day. I didnt go to school - it was
holiday. In the morning I played tennis
and in the evening I had a party with
some friends, we danced until eleven.
The course is very interesting and Im
learning a lot about computers and new
technology. I will visit you in London
next weekend, and if the weather is
nicer there, I would like to go shopping
on Saturday morning, and then, in the
evening I would like to see the new play
at the National Theatre. Can you buy
tickets, please?
See you soon.
Love, Esther
1. What is the weather like in
Manchester?
2. What did she do on Wednesday
morning?
3. What is Esther studying there?
4. Where does her friend Ann live?
5. What would she like to do on
Saturday evening?
Solucin
Traduccin
Querida Ana:
Aqu estoy en Manchester, el tiem-
po no es bueno y hace mucho fro para
esta poca del ao. Me lo estoy pasando
bien aunque despus de cuatro semanas
quiero volver a casa. El mircoles fue mi
cumpleaos y tuve un da fabuloso. No
fui a la escuela porque era festivo. Por la
maana jugu al tenis y por la tarde tuve
una fiesta con algunos amigos, estuvimos
bailando hasta las once.
El curso es muy interesante y estoy
aprendiendo mucho sobre ordenadores
y nuevas tecnologas. Te visitar el fin
de semana que viene en Londres y si el
tiempo all est mejor, me gustara ir de
compras el sbado por la maana y des-
pus, por la noche me gustara ver la obra
nueva en Teatro Nacional. Puedes com-
prar las entradas, por favor?
Hasta pronto.
Un abrazo, Esther.
Preguntas
1. The weather is not nice, its raining
and very cold.
2. She played tennis.
3. Shes learning about computers and
new technology.
4. Ann lives in London.
5. She would like to see the new play at
the National Theatre.
234 ANEXO 4: EXAMENES RESUELTOS DE DISTINTAS COMUNIDADES AUTNOMAS
Examen n. 2. Galicia
(Prueba comn)
Read the text and then answer
the questions in English
In the past sport went in the back
pages of newspapers. Matches and
other sports were described and the
performance of the players was praised or
criticized. But their lives were private.
Nowadays professional sport is
becoming show business: The front
pages of newspapers are filled with news
of football players, tennis players or other
sportsmen and women like the scandals
about film stars, rock singers or princes.
We all read in the past years about
Steffi Graf s father who was accused of
massive tax evasion, Monica Seles was
stabbed, more recently there have been
drug abuses in cycling, football; marriage
separations like that of Conchita Snchez
Vicario or Boris Becker, etc.
Some people believe that it is the
price that sportsmen and women pay for
being paid too much money.
The truth is that they receive immense
amounts of media attention. Everything
they do is scrutinized and they become,
in a way, victims of their own success.
1. What is the text about?
2. Explain the meaning of the following
word and phrase:
media
drug abuses
3. Answer the following questions
about the text:
Years ago, what part of the
newspapers was dedicated to
sports?
In those days, did the media pay
attention to the private lives of
sportsmen and women?
What is more common today?
What happened to Steffi Graf s
father?
Why do sportsmen and women
become victims of their own
success?
4. Complete the following sentences
using information contained in the
text:
Sportstars, who ____________,
receive immense amounts of
media attention.
The writer believes that sport
news have changed in newspapers
because __________.
5. Write a few lines about the advantages
and disadvantages of being a famous
person.
Soluciones
1. The text is about famous sportsmen
and women and how their private
lives have become public.
2. Explain ...
Television, radio, newspapers and
magazines are the main media
people use to be informed about
what happens in the world.
If people use (too many) drugs
to obtain better results, usually
in their professional lives, we can
talk about drug abuses.
INGLS
3. Answer ...
In the past we read about sports
at the end of the newspapers.
The sportsmens and womens did
not interest anybody in the past.
Nowadays, at least some sportsmen
and women have become as
famous as models or film stars
and the great public seems to be
interested in their private lives.
Steffi Graf s father was accused
of having evaded tax payment
and was about to go to prison.
Because they get too much
attention from the media and
they earn (too) much money.
4. Complete ...
are being paid a lot of money
professional sport has become
show business.
5. One of the advantages of being
famous is that everybody knows
you and you usually earn quite a
lot of money. This is something
many people like or why they
would like to be famous. As to
the disadvantages, I would like to
mention that these people usually
have no or little private life and
although they want the money,
they all come to a point when they
are fed up with the continuous
persecution they suffer.
Examen n. 3. Canarias
Translate this text and answer,
in English, the questions below
THE LEGEND OF LADY GODIVA
In the early eleventh century, Leofric,
Earl of Mercia, became the governor of
the city of Coventry, which was a small
town. He decided to expand his public
works program, and to pay for all these
new buildings he increased the taxes.
Leofrics wife, Godiva, begged for
many years with Leofric to lower the
taxes, but he said no. Then one day
Leofric decided that he was tired of this
argument, so he had a big idea. He
told Godiva that if she rode her horse
with no clothes through the streets of
Coventry he would lower the taxes and
stop all his building projects. At first
Godiva thought that this was a stupid
idea, but after some time she decided
to do it. After thinking for some days,
Godiva came up with her own plan. She
asked people to stay at home that day and
not to look through the windows. So
on the big day, the streets were empty.
Everybody had stayed at home as they
had promised.
Legend tells us that nobody looked
at Godiva as she rode through the streets
of Coventry except Tom, the towns
tailor. They took his eyes away for doing
this. Thats how we got the expression
peeping Tom, meaning someone
who watches without permission, for
someone who likes to spy on others.
Comprehension questions
1. Why did Leofric want to increase the
taxes?
2. Did Godiva agree with Leofrics
taxes?
3. What do you think about Leofrics
big idea?
4. What was Godivas plan?
5. Why was Tom convicted?
Soluciones
Traduccin
La leyenda de Lady Godiva
A principios del siglo XI, Leofric, el
conde de Mercia, se convirti en goberna-
dor de la ciudad de Coventry, un pueblo
pequeo. Decidi expandir su programa
de trabajos pblicos y para pagar todos es-
tos edificios nuevos, subi los impuestos.
La mujer de Leofric, Godiva, le rog
durante muchos aos que bajara los im-
puestos pero l dijo que no. Entonces,
un da, Leofric decidi que estaba harto
de sus argumentos y tuvo la gran idea.
Le dijo a Godiva que, si ella montaba su
caballo sin ropa por las calles de Coven-
try, l bajara los impuestos y parara la
edificacin de sus proyectos. Primero
Godiva pensaba que era una idea est-
pida pero despus de un tiempo decidi
hacerlo. Despus de pensarlo unos das,
Godiva tena su propio plan. Les pidi a
la gente que se quedasen en casa aquel
da y que no mirasen por las ventanas.
As el da grande las calles estaban vacas.
Todo el mundo se haba quedado en casa
como haban prometido.
La leyenda nos dice que nadie miraba
Godiva como cabalgaba por las calles de
Conventry, excepto el sastre de la ciudad,
Tom. Le quitaron la vista por eso. As te-
nemos la expresin Tom espa refirin-
dose a alguien que observa sin permiso,
alguien a que le gusta espiar a los dems.
INGLS
Preguntas
1. He wanted to increase them to build
more public houses.
2. She did not agree and always asked
him to lower the taxes.
3. I dont think it was a big idea, he only
wanted to make his wife feel ridiculous.
4. She wanted nobody to see her and
the people believed in her.
5. Because he had been the only one
who did not follow Godivas wish.
(Segunda lengua
extranjera)
Read the following text
and then answer the questions
in English
Big cities offer a mixture of the best and
the worst, the strange and the ordinary. There
live the rich and the poor, the beautiful and
the ugly, the good and the bad.
In a short walk you come across all
states from misery to opulence: in one
part, the penniless, the unemployed who
form long queues at the job centres,
the depressed, in another, the rich, the
satisfied, the successful.
On park benches sit the elderly taking
the sun, in quiet churches the devout are at
their prayers; it is said that there are many
people without enough to take to their
mouths. On the other hand we find the
strong, the ambitious and the lucky who
work in large companies, offices, shopping
centres and others.
It is true that big cities are seldom
boring for you are likely to encounter the
unusual at every corner. The rude who
refuse to answer when asked and the
polite who go out their way to help you.
Undoubtedly, the best hope for our
cities are the young, who hold the key to
tomorrow.
1. Write a title in English which best
summarizes the text and justify your
answer.
2. Explain the meaning of the following
words found in the text:
penniless
successful
rude
about the text:
Why are big cities a mixture?
Why are big cities seldom
boring?
What is your opinion about
Undoubtedly, the best hope for our
cities are the young, who hold the key to
tomorrow.
4. Complete the following sentences using
information contained in the text:
The author of the text tells us
about the life in big cities where
________
He considers that the lucky are
__________________
In order to help people ________
___________
5. Write a composition about where
you prefer to live: in the country or
the city or both and why. (Minimum
70 words, maximum 90 words).
Soluciones
1. Title: Cities are many-sided
I chose this title because it includes
all the aspects the author mentions
when referring to the people who
live in cities.
2. Explain ...
INGLS
penniless: It means that somebody
has no money.
successful: It usually refers to
somebody who has a good job,
lives in a nice place (his / her own
house) and has a lovely family.
rude: It refers to people who are
unkind and little educated.
3. Answer ...
Big cities are a mixture because
many people live there and,
consequently, we can find many
different characteristics in these
people.
Because you may find many
unusual things, people and events.
I think it is, at least in parts, true
because if there were no young
people there would not be any
future.
4. Complete ...
... different people live together.
... the ones who work in big
companies, offices or shopping
centres.
... the polite go out their way.
5. I prefer to live in the city because
there is amusement. You can go to
the cinema, theatre and to many
pubs. At the weekend I can meet
my friends here which what not be
possible if I lived in the country.
The country is the ideal place
for adults to relax and for young
children to play but there is little
entertainment. A city is also better
for people who want to do different
sports as in a village there are usually
few facilities.
Examen n. 5.
Andaluca
THE THIN DISEASE
Lucy, aged 16, had no doubt at all.
The doctor laid a series of photographs
on the table, all containing pictures
of different physical types: from one
suffering from severe malnutrition
(like the ones in concentration camps)
to an extreme obese girl. Which do
you identify with? he asked her. With
absolute sincerity she responded by
choosing the obese girl.
However, with her weight at 30
kilos, Lucy is a victim of one of the most
complex and cruel illnesses that exit:
anorexia nervosa. Her case is not unique.
This illness is reaching epidemic
levels, because in the last few years the
number of patients has increased ten-
fold. In so-called developed countries
it affects approximately one in 250 girls
aged 12-24. It also affects boys, but
to a much smaller degree: 1 boy for
every 9 girls. Anorexia is unheard of
in poor developing countries. Lucys
family and friends ask in anguish Why
is this happening? However, that
simple question has a complex answer
because there are many different factors
biological, psychological and social
ones involved in this disorder. In fact,
if there were only one cause, the finding
a solution would be a lot simpler.
The most obvious social factor is
the world of fashion, which transmits an
image of beauty by using girls well below
their average weight, who are sometimes
as young as 12 or 14. This has caused
concern in Spain: the Senate, in line with
other countries, has recommended that
publicity agencies avoid messages and
images that promote extreme thinness and
has requested them to make every effort to
use an image of women closer to reality.
1. Answer questions 1-5 using your
own words
1. Why is anorexia considered an
epidemic?
2. Why is it so difficult to treat
anorexia?
3. Who is affected by anorexia?
4. Is anorexia a common disease in
the third world?
5. Is the world of fashion a cause of
anorexia? Explain why.
2. Translate paragraph two
Soluciones
1. Answer...
1. Anorexia is considered an epidemic
because many young people, above
all girls, suffer from it. Besides, its
causes are very difficult to find and
thus to treat. In the last years the
number of anorexic people has
increased tremendously.
2. It is difficult to treat because it
does not only have one cause. A
person may be anorexic due to
social, psychological or biological
problems.
3. Above all girls are anorexic but
there are boys too. For every nine
girls who suffer from this disease,
there is one boy.
4. In the third world there is no
anorexia maybe because people
die from hunger and would
never reject food.
5. It is considered one of the causes
because the models who are
INGLS
chosen are young and too thin.
This is later what many young
girls want to look like and they
will do anything to reach this aim.
2. Translate ...
Sin embargo, con su peso en 30 ki-
los, Luca es una victima de la enferme-
dad ms compleja y cruel que existe:
anorexia nerviosa. Su caso no es nico.
Esta enfermedad est alcanzando niveles
epidmicos porque en los ltimos aos
el nmero de pacientes se ha multipli-
cado por diez. En los pases llamados
desarrollados afecta a aproximadamente
una de cada 250 nias de 12 a 24 aos.
Tambin afecta a los chicos pero a nive-
les mucho ms reducidos: un nio para
cada nueve nias. No se sabe nada de la
anorexia en pases pobres y subdesarro-
llados. La familia y los amigos de Luca
preguntan angustiados Por qu pasa
eso? Sin embargo, este pregunta sim-
ple tiene una respuesta compleja por-
que hay muchos factores biolgicos,
psicolgicos y sociales que influyen
en esta enfermedad. De hecho, si slo
se tratara de una causa, encontrar una
solucin sera mucho ms fcil.
(Segunda lengua
extranjera)
Most Pygmies live in the jungles of
Central Africa where the temperature is
usually above 27 C. Most of the area is
still uncivilized and many Pygmies do
not know what a white man looks like.
The typical Pygmy measures
between 1.32m and 1.45m in height and
has a skin which is chocolate in colour.
He has black hair and a wide nose. He is
very shy and does not like contact with
strangers.
In general, Pygmies live in small
groups and do not have permanent
houses. They build temporary huts
which they make from trees in the
jungle. The jungle also provides the
Pygmies with food. They collect nuts
and fruits, which grow in abundance,
and they also hunt animals.
The Pygmies are very superstitious.
They attribute magical significance to
many phenomena, but they also believe
there is one supreme God who controls
the lives of all men.
with full sentences.
Do Pygmies live in a hot
climate?
How large are the communities
in which Pygmies live?
Are Pygmies vegetarian?
Do Pygmies believe in magic?
2. Write the correct verb forms.
Have you got a cigarette? Sorry,
I _________ (not smoke)
Peter _________ while we _____
___ near him. (drink/dance)
While she was on the beach she
told her friend ________ down
with her. (sit)
Do you like ________ ?
(swim)
3. Write a typical sentence or
expression for each of these
situations.
In a restaurant
In a shop
On the telephone
Inviting someone
4. WRITING.
Imagine you are going on a holiday or
business trip. A person you dont know
will be waiting for you at the station or
airport. Write a short letter to him/her
saying how and when you arrive and give
a description of yourself.
Soluciones
1. Answer ...
The climate where Pygmies live
is not really hot, the average
temperature is 27 C.
Their communities are not big,
they are small.
They are not vegetarian because
they eat meat too as they go
hunting.
INGLS
They do a little because many
phenomena have magical
meanings for them.
2. Write ...
dont smoke
was drinking / were dancing
to sit
swimming
3. Write ...
Could I have the menu, please?
Can I try these shoes on, please?
Is Mary in?
Would you like to come to our
party next Saturday?
4. Writing
Dear Ms Winter,
I am going to arrive on Monday, 14
th
at seven oclock in the evening. My flight
number is IB 654 from Madrid. I am very
pleased that you will be able to pick me
up at the airport. To make our meeting
easier, I will describe myself briefly.
I am middle-seized, have blond,
short hair and wear glasses. On Monday
I will be wearing a dark-blue shirt and a
light-blue blouse. Ill be carrying a book
and a blue handbag. If you should not
be able to get to the airport on time, Ill
be waiting for you at the meeting point.
I hope my hotel is not too far from the
airport as the business dinner starts at
eight and we will have little time left.
Yours sincerely
Emma Furson
Examen n. 7.
Andaluca
My first day at work
I woke up early on Saturday morning
because I didnt want to be late for my
first day at work.
When I got to the supermarket, a
supervisor showed me where the staff
room was and gave me a uniform to
change into. I couldnt believe it as I
looked in the mirror and saw myself
wearing a strange blue and white dress.
As soon as I had got changed, the
supervisor introduced me to Vera, my
trainer. Vera was about 25 and seemed
very nice. The supervisor told me to stand
behind Vera at the checkout counter and
watch her work.
Vera explained to me how the till
worked and how to process credit cards
and cheques.
After lunch Vera and I changed
positions and the afternoon went much
more quickly. It was more interesting
talking to the customers and seeing what
they had bought. It was also great to sit
down after standing all morning.
Still, that first day at work did seem
the longest day of my live and I couldnt
wait until my shift ended at five and I
could escape home.
Ejercicio:
1. Read the article carefully and then
find the sentence which expresses
the main idea in each paragraph.
2. Rewrite in your own words the four
important points, omitting examples and
unnecessary information. Try to make
your sentences as short as possible.
Soluciones
1.
1. I woke up early on Saturday
morning because I didnt want to
be late for my first day at work.
2. When I got to the supermarket,
a supervisor showed me where
the staff room was and gave me a
uniform to change into.
3. As soon as I had got changed,
the supervisor introduced me to
Vera, my trainer.
4. Vera explained to me how the till
worked and how to process credit
cards and cheques.
5. After lunch Vera and I changed
positions and the afternoon went
much more quickly.
6. Still, that first day at work did
seem the longest day of my live
and I couldnt wait until my shift
ended at five and I could escape
home.
2.
1. Her first day at work in the
supermarket was a Saturday.
2. She had to wear a uniform.
3. Her trainer showed her what to
do in the morning and in the
afternoon she did the job on her
own.
4. Although the day had been
interesting, she was happy when
it was over.
INGLS
Examen n. 8.
Canarias
(Prueba comn)
READ THE TEXT
Many people and organizations
criticize television commercials. Some
say the commercials have an excessive
influence on the television audience,
above all on children.
Other people disapprove of
commercials for a different reason. They
feel that television ads are ineffective and
therefore a waste of money. Since money
on advertising is added to the price
consumers pay for a product, this, too, is
unfair, they claim.
But the main thing all these people
object to is that the commercials interrupt
their favourite shows.
Give full answers to the following
questions
a) Why are the television
commercials criticized?
b) Give two reasons why some
people disapprove commercials.
c) Why a product advertised on
television is more expensive?
d) According to the text who are the
most vulnerable to commercials?
e) What is the most important
objection people have about
commercials?
Soluciones
a) They are criticized because it
is said that they have too much
influence on the people who
watch television.
b) The first reason is that they are
thought to be little effective and
thus the money spent on making
them is wasted. The second one is
that ads interrupt TV-programmes.
c) It costs more because the
companies have to make up
for the money spent on the
production of the television ads.
d) The most vulnerable are children
because they are more easily
influenced than adults.
e) The most annoying point of view
is that the audiences favourite
programmes are interrupted by
commercials.
Examen n. 9.
Andaluca
A new language for Uropi
A French school teacher and graduate
of the Sorbone, Joel Landals, 39, has
spent 15 years inventing a new European
language called Uropi. He believes
that the new Europe needs a common
language and says that Uropi is simpler
than Esperanto, which was invented in
the nineteenth century.
Each word of the new language,
which takes Joel about four hours to
invent, is basically a mixture of about
20 European languages. Joel has created
a vocabulary of 15000 words so far and
they are based on about 30 per cent
Roman, 30 per cent German, and 20 per
cent Slav among others.
According to Joel, one advantage of
the language is that it will sound familiar
to all people in Europe no matter what
language they speak and, therefore, be
easier to learn. And, indeed, when Uropi
is spoken there is a strange impression
of just about understanding it, as in
sentences like: I vark in u hospital or
Bun morna.
The only speakers of the language
so far are Joels linguist friends, who
Joel taught in about a year, and pupils at
his school, who formed a club to learn
Uropi after regular classes.
Ejercicio:
1. Read the article carefully and then
find the sentence which expresses
the main idea in each paragraph.
2. Rewrite in your own words the four
important points, omitting examples
and unnecessary information. Try
to make your sentences as short as
possible.
Soluciones
1.
1. A French school teacher and
graduate of the Sorbone, Joel
Landals, 39, has spent 15 years
inventing a new European
language called Uropi.
2. Each word of the new language,
which takes Joel about four hours
to invent, is basically a mixture of
about 20 European languages.
3. According to Joel, one advantage
of the language is that it will
sound familiar to all people in
Europe no matter what language
they speak and, therefore, be
easier to learn.
4. The only speakers of the language
so far are Joels linguist friends,
who Joel taught in about a year,
and pupils at his school, who
formed a club to learn Uropi
after regular classes.
2.
1. A new European language, called
Uropi, has been invented.
2. It is a mixture of 20 European
languages.
3. It will be easy to learn for
European people.
4. Few people speak Uropi up to
now.

FP de Grado Superior Prueba de Acceso Titulo de

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

FP de Grado Superior Prueba de Acceso Titulo de

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

FP de Grado Superior

Si dispohes de ihterhet, e-duforma ohlihe es el apoyo

: Coh la garahta de Editorial MAD, empresa lder eh la publicacih de textos

Editorial Mad, S.L.

2. Dont give up yet, keep

3. The man is _____

9. The cat is sitting

Las oraciones concesivas

Você também pode gostar